<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom">
	<title>Mangahelpers Translations</title>
	<id>https://mangahelpers.com/translators/rss</id>
	<updated>2011-08-25T04:30:39+00:00</updated>
    <icon>/favicon.ico</icon>
	<author>
        <name>MangaHelpers Admins</name>
        <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
    </author>
	<link href="https://mangahelpers.com/translators/rss" rel="self" />
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/31073</id>
        <title>[Bahasa] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 10 by Gwilthyunman</title>
        <updated>2011-08-25T04:30:39+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>Gwilthyunman</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/31073" />
        <summary type="html"><div class="important">Reserved for Manga:Code Scanlation</div><div class="important">ENG TL: cookie_on_fire<br />Proofreader: Panda-san</div><br />===Hal 149===<br /><strong>Chapter 10: One more time, One more chance</strong><br /><br />===Hal 150===<br />Touno: Halo?<br />Touno: Tidak,<br />Touno: Aku tidak.<br />Touno: Ya.<br /><br />===Hal 151===<br />[Touno: Entah mengapa,]<br />[Touno: rasanya sudah agak lama semenjak aku berbicara dengan orang lain.]<br /><br />===Hal 152===<br />[Touno: Rasanya sangat sepi.]<br /><br />[Touno: Tapi,]<br />[Touno: inilah aku yang sebenarnya.]<br /><br />[Touno: Tanpa membuka diri pada orang lain,]<br />[Touno: untuk mengalihkan diriku dari kesepian ini, aku sudah mendambakan kebaikan.]<br /><br />[Touno: Dan kemudian,]<br />[Touno: aku kehilangan semuanya.]<br /><br />===Hal 153===<br />[Touno: Aku harus menerima diriku yang seperti ini.]<br /><br />[Touno: Supaya mulai dari sekarang,]<br />[Touno: aku bisa benar-benar berhadapan dengan seseorang.]<br /><br />===Hal 154===<br /><br />===Hal 155===<br />[Touno: Ini bukanlah keajaiban.]<br /><br />===Hal 156===<br />[Touno: Kami berdua menggunakan lintasan yang sama untuk pergi kerja atau pulang ke rumah.]<br /><br />[Touno: Di sinilah juga kita pertama kali bertemu.]<br /><br />[Touno: Tapi---]<br />Speaker: Kereta menuju Hachiouji sudah datang.<br /><br />===Hal 157===<br /><br />===Hal 158===<br />Speaker: Pintunya akan segera ditutup di jalur 12.<br />Speaker: Mereka yang berada di jalur 13, tolong keluar dari kereta.<br />Speaker: Kereta menuju Chiba sudah datang.<br /><br />===Hal 159===<br /><br />===Hal 160===<br />[Touno: bukan sebagai janji.]<br /><br />===Hal 161===<br />[Touno: Jika suatu saat,]<br /><br />===Hal 162===<br />*)Catatan: Ini adalah surat penolakan dari sebuah pekerjaan yang dia lamar.<br />Touno: Haah...<br /><br />Touno: Halo?<br />Touno: Hei,<br />Touno: sudah lama ya.<br />Touno: Alamat Kotani? Aku tak tahu.<br />Touno: Aku bahkan tak tahu kalau dia pindah.<br /><br />===Hal 163===<br />Touno: Ya.<br />Touno: Apa, kau pergi jalan-jalan?<br />Touno: Haha,<br />Touno: Ya.<br />Touno: Kenapa kau tak coba tanya Fujisawa atau Takeuchi?<br /><br />Touno: Ah, tidak.<br />Touno: Tak apa, aku tidak bekerja sekarang.<br />Touno: Ya.<br />Touno: Aku berhenti.<br /><br />Touno: Aku sedang mencari pekerjaan sekarang.<br />Touno: Tidak,<br />Touno: tak baik.<br />Touno: Mungkin.<br />Touno: Kupikir begitu, tapi...<br /><br />Touno: Ada sesuatu yang ingin kulakukan.<br /><br />===Hal 164===<br />Orang: Baiklah...<br /><br />Orang: Touno-kun, maukah kau pergi makan siang?<br /><br />===Hal 165===<br />Touno: Ah,<br />Touno: ya.<br />Orang: Sepertinya sudah hangat, jadi mungkin kita tak memerlukan jaket kita.<br /><br />Orang: Aku ingin makan soba hari ini.<br />Touno: Itu boleh juga.<br /><br />===Hal 166===<br />Akari: Aku mengerti.<br />Akari: Mau bagaimana lagi, itu bagian dari pekerjaan.<br />Akari: Kirim SMS sebelum kau pulang.<br /><br />Akari: Sakura?<br />Akari: Hmm...<br />Akari: Lusa mungkin akan turun hujan, jadi mereka mungkin akan tetap ada sampai minggu depan...<br /><br />Akari: Aku akan pergi belanja sekarang, aku akan mengirimkan fotonya nanti.<br />Akari: Kuharap kita bisa melihat sakura yang cantik seperti waktu itu lagi.<br /><br />===Hal 167===<br /><br />===Hal 168===<br /><br />===Hal 169===<br /><br />===Hal 170===<br /><br />===Hal 171===<br />[Akari: Takaki-kun,]<br /><br />[Akari: kau akan baik-baik saja mulai dari sekarang.]<br />[Akari: Aku sangat yakin!]<br /><br />===Hal 172===<br />[Touno: Bagaimana denganmu?]<br /><br />[Touno: Akari?]<br /><br />===Hal 173===<br /><br />===Hal 174===<br /><br />===Hal 175===<br /><br />===Hal 176===<br /><br />===Hal 177===<br /><br />===Hal 178===</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/31016</id>
        <title>[Bahasa] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 9 by Gwilthyunman</title>
        <updated>2011-08-21T15:41:33+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>Gwilthyunman</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/31016" />
        <summary type="html"><div class="important">Reserved for Manga:Code Scanlation</div><div class="important">ENG TL: cookie_on_fire<br />Proofreader: Panda-san</div><br />===Hal 115===<br /><strong>Chapter 9: End Theme_3</strong><br /><br />===Hal 116===<br />Risa: ...Halo.<br />Risa: Tak apa.<br />Risa: Aku di rumah sekarang.<br />Risa: Aku mengambil cuti...<br />Risa: Ya.<br />Risa: Ada sesuatu yang ingin kuberikan padamu...<br /><br />===Hal 117===<br />Risa: Aku sedang...<br />Risa: berpikir untuk mengirimkan barang-barangku.<br />Risa: Tapi kupikir aku akan membawanya sendiri.<br /><br />Touno: Risa...<br /><br />===Hal 118===<br />Risa: Berhentilah meminta maaf.<br />Touno: ............<br />Risa: Selain &quot;minta maaf&quot;,<br />Risa: apa yang akan kau<br />Risa: katakan?<br /><br />Touno: Ketika aku masih kecil,<br />Touno: ada seseorang yang benar-benar kusukai.<br /><br />Touno: Kami berpisah,<br />Touno: walaupun begitu, aku percaya kalau perasaanku akan terus ada.<br />Touno: Tapi pada akhirnya, surat tak bisa mengisi jarak di antara kami.<br /><br />===Hal 119===<br />Touno: Apa yang benar-benar ingin kukatakan padanya,<br />Touno: aku bahkan tak bisa mengatakan sepatah kata pun.<br />Touno: Dan surat yang ingin kuberikan padanya...<br />Risa: ...Apa orang itu,<br />Risa: di Iwafune?<br />Touno: ......<br />Touno: Walaupun kupikir dia sudah tak tinggal di sana lagi.<br /><br />Touno: ...Itu adalah ingatan yang tak ingin kubagi dengan siapapun.<br />Touno: Tapi,<br />Touno: dengan melakukannya, aku mengurung diriku.<br />Touno: Dan aku sudah menyakiti banyak orang.<br /><br />===Hal 120===<br />Touno: Itulah kenapa...<br /><br />Touno: ketika aku meninggalkan Iwafune...<br />Touno: ketika kami berpisah,<br />Touno: kupikir aku harus menjadi lebih kuat.<br /><br />Touno: Supaya aku bisa melindunginya,<br />Touno: dan supaya aku tak kehilangan perasaanku padanya.<br />Touno: Untukku, itu menjadi...<br />Touno: tujuan dari hidupku.<br />Touno: Walau kenyataannya, keiinginan itu tak bertahan.<br /><br />===Hal 121===<br />Touno: Dengan perasaan bersalah yang besar,<br />Touno: aku ingin pergi lebih cepat,<br />Touno: dan terus ke depan.<br /><br />Touno: Ini bukanlah tempatku,<br />Touno: dan aku tak menerima aku yang seperti itu.<br />Touno: Yang tersisa hanyalah perasaan mendesak ini.<br />Touno: Seperti ini, aku mengkhianati...<br />Touno: dia dan aku,<br />Touno: dari waktu itu.<br /><br />===Hal 122===<br />Risa: ...Kapan itu terjadi?<br />Risa: Waktu ketika kau pergi ke Iwafune?<br />Touno: ...SMP kelas 1.<br />Risa: ............<br /><br />Risa: Begitu, kau berusaha sangat keras untuk cintamu saat umur 13 tahun.<br /><br />Risa: Terima kasih telah memberitahuku semuanya...<br />Risa: Yang terpenting adalah kalau kau orang yang baik.<br />Risa: Ingatanmu,<br />Risa: dan penyesalanmu,<br />Risa: keduanya bisa sembuh.<br /><br />===Hal 123===<br />Risa: Orang-orang yang terikat dengan masa lalu,<br />Risa: walau mereka baik,<br />Risa: memiliki rasa tanggung jawab yang besar,<br />Risa: sebenarnya sangat lemah.<br /><br />Risa: Aku ingin tahu, apa kabur dari hal-hal yang tak berjalan baik,<br />Risa: telah membuatmu seperti sekarang ini.<br />Risa: Tapi pada akhirnya,<br />Risa: Takaki-kun saat ini adalah orang yang kusukai.<br /><br />Risa: Aku tak tahu apa yang terjadi di masa lalu,<br />Risa: tapi penyesalanmu sudah menjadi bagian darimu.<br /><br />===Hal 124===<br />Risa: Aku mencintai Takaki-kun dari hasil itu.<br />Risa: Itulah kenapa,<br />Risa: aku ingin kau memaafkan dirimu karena tak menepati janji.<br /><br />Risa: Tapi kukira bukan aku yang seharusnya mengatakan itu...<br /><br />Risa: Aku sudah tahu.<br /><br />===Hal 125===<br />Risa: Kenyataan kalau kau mengatakan ini semua padaku,<br />Risa: dan kenyataan kalau aku tak lagi marah,<br />Risa: artinya sudah tak ada apa-apa lagi di antara kita, kan?<br /><br />Risa: Bahkan jika aku...<br />Risa: bisa mengharapkan kebahagiaan,<br />Risa: aku tak bisa membuatmu bahagia.<br /><br />===Hal 126===<br />Risa: Hari ini adalah akhirnya.<br />Risa: Tapi,<br />Risa: jika suatu hari,<br />Risa: kita bertemu lagi,<br /><br />Risa: ketika kita berdua benar-benar berbeda,<br />Risa: kuharap kita bisa memulai sesuatu yang baru lagi.<br /><br />Risa: Bukan sebagai janji,<br />Risa: tapi sebagai harapan.<br />Risa: Apakah itu tak apa?<br /><br />===Hal 127===<br />Touno: Ya...<br />Touno: Itu tak apa.<br /><br />Touno: Risa.<br />Risa: Hm?<br /><br />===Hal 128===<br />Touno: ...Terima kasih.<br /><br />===Hal 129===<br />[Akari: Kemarin,]<br />[Akari: aku bermimpi.]<br /><br />===Hal 130===<br /><br />===Hal 131===<br />Ibu: Kau semestinya tinggal paling tidak sampai tahun baru...<br /><br />Akari: Aku mempunyai banyak persiapan yang harus kulakukan.<br />Akari: Selain itu, kita akan bertemu lagi bulan depan.<br />Ibu: Kita akan bertemu di pernikahanmu...<br />Ibu: Kau tak bisa datang sampai saat itu?<br />Akari: Aku akan kembali jika aku ada waktu<br />Akari: Oke?<br /><br />Ayah: Berikan salamku pada Yuuichi-kun,<br />Akari: Baiklah.<br />Akari: Ayah, ibu, sehat-sehat sajalah.<br /><br />===Hal 132===<br />[Akari: Kemarin aku bermimpi.]<br /><br />[Akari: Kau pasti sangat kesepian.]<br />[Akari: Apa kau pikir kalau aku sudah pulang ke rumah?]<br />[Akari: Aku ingin tahu jika dia mau aku kembali...]<br />[Akari: karena dia sangat baik.]<br /><br />===Hal 133===<br />[Akari: Tapi aku menunggu sangat lama.]<br />[Akari: Aku percaya kalau kau akan datang.]<br /><br />[Akar: Aku benar-benar...]<br />SFX: biip<br />SFX: biip<br /><br />SFX: biip<br /><br />===Hal 134===<br />[Akari: Apa kau masih menyimpanku,]<br />[Akari: di ingatanmu?]<br /><br />[Akari: Setidaknya,]<br />[Akari: setidaknya,]<br />[Akari: cukup untukku mengharapkan kebahagiaanmu.]<br /><br />===Hal 135===<br />Teman: Hei, kau akan berhenti sebentar lagi,<br />Teman: dan itu tak akan menjadi sebuah pesta besar, jadi tak apa, kan?<br /><br />Teman: Aku, Kudou, Shimazaki, dan uh... orang-orang di sana.<br />Teman: Kira-kira sebesar itu.<br />Touno: Aku benar-benar minta maaf telah merepotkanmu,<br />Touno: tapi seperti biasanya, aku ingin bekerja.<br />Touno: Aku tak bisa pergi kecuali aku menyelesaikannya, dan aku tak bisa membiarkan semuanya menunggu...<br />Teman: Kau hanya membantu, jadi seharusnya tak apa--<br /><br />Touno: Aku punya waktu luang sebentar setelah ini,<br />Touno: jadi tolong tanya aku lagi.<br /><br />===Hal 136===<br />Orang: Touno.<br />Orang: ...Aku sudah menyusahkanmu.<br /><br />Orang: ...Itu tak apa, pak.<br />Orang: .........<br /><br />===Hal 137===<br />[Akari: Bagaimana kabarmu?]<br /><br />[Akari: Saljunya turun sangat lebat hari ini.]<br />[Akari: Kita tak mengetahui ini ketika kita membuat janji, hah.]<br />[Akari: Sepertinya keretanya juga terlambat.]<br /><br />===Hal 138===<br />[Akari: Itulah kenapa,]<br />[Akari: aku menulis ini ketika menunggumu, Takaki-kun.]<br /><br />[Akari: ...Aku juga harus bisa berdiri sendiri mulai dari sekarang.]<br /><br />===Hal 139===<br />[Akari: Aku tak punya pilihan lain selain melakukan itu.]<br />[Akari: Baik kau dan aku.]<br />[Akari: Bukankah begitu?]<br /><br />[Touno: Indah sekali...]<br /><br />===Hal 140===<br />[Touno: Aku ingin tahu sudah berapa lama]<br />[Touno: sejak terakhir kali aku menganggap sesuatu indah?]<br /><br />[Touno: Aku mendengarnya sekali,]<br /><br />[Touno: dan tak bisa mendengarkannya lagi.]<br />[Touno: Aku juga tak bisa menghapusnya.]<br /><br />Akari: ...Takaki-kun.<br />Akari: Ada 30 menit sebelum kereta selanjutnya.<br />Akari: Apa yang seharusnya kita lakukan...<br /><br />===Hal 141===<br />Akari: Maafkan aku.<br />Akari: Karena membuatmu datang.<br /><br />HP: Pesan dihapus.<br /><br />===Hal 142===<br />[Touno: Sudah berapa banyak]<br />[Touno: hal-hal indah,]<br />[Touno: atau perasaan bahagia,]<br /><br />[Touno: yang berlimpah-limpah dibawah langit,]<br />[Touno: yang kulihat selama ini?]<br /><br />===Hal 143===<br /><br />===Hal 144===<br /><br />===Hal 145===<br />[Akari: Aku benar-benar menyukaimu, Takaki-kun.]<br /><br />[Akari: Semenjak pertama kali aku melihatmu, kau sudah sangat kuat dan baik.]<br /><br />[Akari: Kau selalu membantuku.]<br /><br />===Hal 146===<br />[Akari: Tak peduli dimana kau berada, atau berapa jauh kau akan pergi,]<br /><br />[Akari: aku akan selalu,]<br />[Akari: menyukaimu, Takaki-kun.]<br /><br />[Akari: Tolong, tolong,]<br />[Akari: ingatlah itu.]<br /><br />===Hal 147===<br /><br />===Hal 148===</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/31012</id>
        <title>[Bahasa] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 8 by Gwilthyunman</title>
        <updated>2011-08-21T11:56:35+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>Gwilthyunman</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/31012" />
        <summary type="html"><div class="important">Reserved for Manga:Code Scanlation</div><div class="important">ENG TL: cookie_on_fire<br />Proofreader: Panda-san</div><br />===Hal 77===<br /><strong>Chapter 8: End Theme_2</strong><br /><br />===Hal 78===<br /><br />===Hal 79===<br />Risa: Takaki-kun...<br />Risa: Um...<br />Risa: Maafk-<br />Touno: Jangan minta maaf.<br /><br />Touno: Aku menggunakan kesibukanku sebagai alasan untuk tidak membalas.<br />Touno: Menelpon atau menulis pesan,<br />Touno: aku bisa melakukan keduanya jika aku mau.<br />Touno: Walaupun akan menyusahkan, bertemu tidaklah mustahil.<br />Touno: Kupikir aku tidak adil.<br />Touno: Aku...<br />Touno: pikir aku masih bisa memperbaikinya.<br /><br />===Hal 80===<br />Touno: Itulah kenapa kita pergi ke tempat yang paling tidak ingin kukunjungi denganmu.<br />Touno: ...Tochigi*...<br />*)Catatan: Tochigi adalah salah satu prefektur di Jepang.<br /><br />Touno: Iwafune.<br /><br />Risa: Hei...<br />Risa: apa kau marah?<br />Risa: Kalau aku mencoba mempercepatnya.<br /><br />===Hal 81===<br />Orang: Hahahaha!<br />Orang: Apa ini? Ini sangat lucu!<br />Orang: Menjijikan sekali.<br />Orang: Ya kan-?<br /><br />HP: Kupikir akan sangat sulit untuk mengatakannya.<br /><br />===Hal 82===<br />[Touno: Aku tidak marah.]<br />[Touno: Aku hanya sedang galau.]<br />[Touno: Pekerjaan di SE adalah apa yang ingin kulakukan, dan aku menyukainya.]<br />[Touno: Bahkan jika aku tak mendapatkan liburan, dan harus kerja lembur setiap hari,]<br />[Touno: selama aku selalu berpikir itu, aku tak berpikir kalau aku mau berhenti.]<br /><br />[Touno: Risa, kau sudah mengeluh tentang ini berkali-kali,]<br />[Touno: tentang bagaimana aku menangani situasi,]<br />[Touno: setelah aku mengambil alih proyek yang tak memberikan rasa keberhasilan ini.]<br /><br />[Touno: Melawan pemimpin,]<br />[Touno: dan mengambil semua pekerjaan sendirian.]<br />[Touno: Dari sana,]<br />[Touno: sedikit demi sedikit.]<br />[Touno: hatiku,]<br />[Touno: aku tak bisa benar-benar mengutarakannya,]<br />[Touno: tapi hampir seperti sudah kehilangan fleksibilitasnya.]<br /><br />===Hal 83===<br />[Touno: Seperti rasa puas,]<br />[Touno: kemampuan untuk tergerak oleh hal-hal yang aku lihat,]<br />[Touno: atau keinginan.]<br />[Touno: Itu rasanya seperti sedang terkikis.]<br /><br />[Touno: Aku bahkan tak tahu kapan aku kehilangan semua kecintaanku pada pekerjaanku.]<br />[Touno: Kupikir kalau aku sekarang berada dalam jalan buntu.]<br />[Touno: Aku mencoba untuk bergerak maju,]<br /><br />[Touno: tapi bahkan dengan pengertian, aku masih merasa kalau aku tersesat.]<br />[Touno: Itu rasanya seperti aku melarikan diri lagi.]<br />[Touno: Maaf,]<br />[Touno: aku tak bisa mengutarakannya dengan baik.]<br /><br />===Hal 84===<br />HP: Aku tak pernah memberitahu perasaanku kepada orang lain sebelumnya.<br />[Touno: Apakah itu karena aku tak bisa mempercayai siapapun?]<br /><br />[Touno: Tanpa membiarkan orang-orang mengetahui perasaanku sebenarnya,]<br />[Touno: bahkan jika itu menyakiti diriku, hanya mengatakan hal-hal baik memberiku sebuah perasaan kosong.]<br />[Touno: Ditambah lagi,]<br />[Touno: aku ingin mengatakan &quot;Berhenti memanggilku&quot; karena itu menggangguku.]<br /><br />[Touno: Tak apa-apa jika kau marah padaku,]<br />[Touno: aku tak mempunyai alasan untuk menyembunyikan perasaanku.]<br />[Touno: Lalu, biarkan aku memberitahumu apa yang kupikirkan.]<br />[Touno: Kadang-kadang, aku takut atas berapa banyak kau mendesakku,]<br />[Touno: Itu sangat menakutkan bagaimana kau pergi jauh-jauh ke tempat kerjaku.]<br /><br />===Hal 85===<br />Risa: Aku benar-benar minta maaf<br />Risa: karena melakukan itu.<br /><br />[Risa: Aku juga buruk dalam mengekspresikan diriku.]<br />[Risa: Perasaan didalamku bertambah,]<br />[Risa: dan kupikir kalau aku kurang berusaha keras untuk mengertimu, Takaki-kun.]<br />Touno: ............<br /><br />[Touno: Akulah yang salah disini.]<br />[Touno: &quot;Aku tak tahu apa yang kau pikirkan.&quot;]<br />[Touno: &quot;Jangan berbuat baik kepadaku.&quot;]<br />[Touno: adalah apa yang orang-orang terus katakan padaku.]<br /><br />===Hal 86===<br />[Risa: Itu orang-orang yang kau kencani?]<br /><br />Touno: ............<br /><br />[Touno: Bahkan ketika mereka mengatakan itu, aku tak bisa membalasnya dengan apapun karena aku tahu diri.]<br /><br />[Touno: Mungkin sejak aku tinggal di Tanegashima,]<br />[Touno: ketika hidup mengikuti arus,]<br />[Touno: selalu memikirkan siapa aku,]<br />[Touno: bukanlah diriku yang sebenarnya.]<br />[Touno: Aku yang diluar akan seperti orang berbeda,]<br />[Touno: dan akan mencoba untuk memperlakukan mereka dengan baik.]<br /><br />===Hal 87===<br />[Touno: Aku akan mengabdikan diriku pada pekerjaan,]<br />[Touno: dan mencoba untuk hidup di kehidupan yang baik.]<br />[Touno: Itu selalu terasa seperti aku yang sebenarnya selalu melihat dari luar.]<br /><br />[Touno: Mengamati untuk melihat jika aku membuat kemajuan.]<br />[Touno: dan menyalahkanku ketika aku memalingkan kepala dari hal-hal penting.]<br /><br />Risa: ......?<br />Risa: Maafkan aku,<br />Risa: tapi apa yang kau maksud?<br /><br />[Touno: Ketika aku diberitahu untuk bertemu orang tua, dan aku berpikir tentang menikahi pacarku,]<br />[Touno: sebuah pertentangan, yang tak pernah sekuat ini sebelumnya, didalamku bertumbuh.]<br /><br />===Hal 88===<br />[Touno: Aku menyalahkan itu semua pada waktu,]<br />[Touno: tapi bukan itu.]<br />[Touno: Persoalannya bukanlah pacarku.]<br />[Touno: &quot;Suatu hari di masa depan,&quot;]<br /><br />[Touno: &quot;jika aku kebetulan melihatmu lagi,&quot;]<br />[Touno: &quot;aku ingin menjadi seseorang,&quot;]<br />[Touno: &quot;yang tak akan malu untuk dilihat olehmu...&quot;]<br /><br />Speaker: Terima kasih sudah berpergian dengan kami.]<br />Speaker: Pemberhentian berikutnya-<br />Speaker: Koyama-<br />Speaker: Koyama-<br /><br />===Hal 89===<br />Touno: Ketika aku masih kecil,<br />Touno: aku berlari lewat sini sendirian<br />Touno: Pada waktu itu, aku transit di Oomiya.<br />Risa: Ok...<br /><br />Touno: Walaupun itu bulan Maret, salju yang lebat menunda kereta...<br />Touno: ............<br /><br />===Hal 90===<br /><br />===Hal 91===<br />Risa: Takaki-kun?<br /><br />Risa: ...Um,<br />Risa: kereta mana yang kita naikki?<br />Touno: ............<br /><br />===Hal 92===<br /><br />===Hal 93===<br />Touno: ...Itu benar.<br />Touno: Tak bisa menemui mereka karena aku berhenti dari pekerjaanku...<br />Touno: adalah sebagian dari alasanku.<br /><br />Touno: Terobsesi untuk membuat kemajuan...<br /><br />Touno: dan untuk bisa menyukai orang lain,<br />Touno: aku sudah gagal di keduanya.<br /><br />===Hal 94===<br />Touno: Aku pernah memiliki perasaan tulus.<br />Touno: Tulus...<br />Touno: dan serius.<br /><br />Touno: Karena aku kehilangan perasaan itu,<br />Touno: aku tak pernah<br />Touno: mengampuni diriku.<br /><br />Touno: Dan tanpa mengampuni, aku berpura-pura untuk tak sadar,<br />Touno: ketika hidup melewati sehari-hari...<br /><br />===Hal 95===<br />Risa: Apa itu?<br />Risa: Perasaan tulus yang kau punya?<br />Touno: Aku akan melihatnya lagi.<br /><br />Touno: Atau kalau dia menungguku.<br />Touno: Aku tak berpikir kalau itu akan menjadi kenyataan.<br />Touno: Tapi...<br /><br />Touno: walaupun begitu,<br /><br />Touno: untuk berpikir kalau aku akan memberikan masa depanku pada orang lain...!<br /><br />===Hal 96===<br />Touno: Kalau aku akan...<br />Touno: datang kesini dengan orang lain.<br />Speaker: Selanjutnya Iwafune.<br /><br />Speaker: Kita akan segera sampai di Iwafune-<br /><br />===Hal 97===<br />Speaker: Tolong keluar dari sebelah kanan.<br />Risa: Takaki-kun...<br /><br />Risa: Ayo.<br />Risa: Aku tak mengerti apa yang kau katakan,<br />Risa: tapi aku tak akan menanyai semua rinciannya.<br /><br />===Hal 98===<br />Risa: Tapi ada sesuatu yang menyelubungi hatimu.<br />Risa: Kalau itu bisa ditemukan di sini,<br />Risa: aku tak mau itu menjadi akhir dari kita berdua.<br /><br />===Hal 99===<br />Speaker: Pintu akan segera ditutup.<br />Speaker: Tolong hati-hati.<br /><br />===Hal 100===<br />Risa: ...Takaki-kun.<br /><br />[Akari: &quot;Takaki-kun!&quot;]<br /><br />===Hal 101===<br />Akari: Takaki-kun.<br /><br />===Hal 102===<br />Touno: Maafkan aku...!<br /><br />===Hal 103===<br />Touno: Maafkan aku...<br /><br />===Hal 104===<br /><br />===Hal 105===<br />SFX: Riiiiiing<br />SFX: Riiiiiing<br />HP: Nomor yang anda hubungi sedang tidak aktif.<br />HP: Tolong tinggalkan nama dan pesan anda setelah bunyi bip.<br /><br />SFX: Biiiiip<br /><br />Risa: ...Takaki-kun.<br /><br />Risa: Kereta selanjutnya akan datang lebih dari 30 menit.<br />Risa: Aku tak tahu apa yang harus kulakukan...<br />Risa: Maafkan aku.<br />Risa: Untuk membuatmu melalui ini.<br /><br />===Hal 106===<br />Risa: Tapi,<br />Risa: kau melakukan sesuatu yang tak ingin kau lakukan,<br />Risa: jadi kau akhirnya menerimaku.<br />Risa: Aku...<br />Risa: semenjak dari awal,<br /><br />Risa: sama sekali,<br />Risa: tak pernah,<br />Risa: memahamimu.<br /><br />Risa: Takaki-kun,<br />Risa: melihat pemandangan di sini,<br />Risa: aku hanya bisa berpikir hal-hal seperti<br />Risa: di sini tenang sekali,<br />Risa: atau bagaimana ini berada di antah bearantah.<br /><br />===Hal 107===<br />Risa: Dengan kau berhenti dari pekerjaanmu,<br />Risa: Aku...<br />Risa: pikir kalau kau akan pingsan karena kecapaian jika kau terus melakukannya,<br />Risa: jadi kupikir itu adalah hal yang bagus.<br />Risa: Aku lega...<br /><br />Risa: Tapi aku tak berpikir,<br />Risa: aku sering membuatmu terpojok...<br /><br />Risa: ............<br />Risa: ............<br />Risa: Mungkin,<br />Risa: kau tak punya cukup perasaan tulus yang kau katakan padaku.<br /><br />===Hal 108===<br />Risa: Maafkan aku.<br />Risa: Ketika seperti itu,<br />Risa: aku berpikir kalau aku selalu ingin kita berdua...<br />Risa: untuk bersama.<br /><br />Risa: Maafkan aku...<br /><br />===Hal 109===<br /><br />===Hal 110===<br />[Touno: Apa yang kulakukan...!?]<br /><br />===Hal 111===<br />HP: Mizuno Risa<br /><br />HP: Nomor yang anda hubungi sedang tidak aktif karena kehabisan baterai,<br />HP: atau berada di luar jangkauan.<br /><br />===Hal 112===<br />HP: Nomor yang anda hubungi sedang tidak aktif karena...<br /><br />Touno: ...!<br />Touno: Haah!<br />Touno: Haah!<br />Touno: Haah!<br /><br />===Hal 113===<br />Touno: Haah!<br />Touno: Haah!<br /><br />Touno: Risa...<br /><br />===Hal 114===</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/30929</id>
        <title>[Bahasa] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 7 by Gwilthyunman</title>
        <updated>2011-08-14T07:29:58+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>Gwilthyunman</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/30929" />
        <summary type="html"><div class="important">Reserved for Manga:Code Scanlation</div><div class="important">ENG TL: cookie_on_fire<br />Proofreader: Panda-san</div><br />===Hal 41===<br /><strong>Chapter 7: End Theme_1</strong><br /><br />===Hal 42===<br /><br />===Hal 43===<br />*)Catatan: Nama kontak: Mizuno Risa<br /><br />===Hal 44===<br />Touno: ...Maaf, apa kau sudah tidur?<br />Touno: Begitu...<br />Touno: Ya,<br />Touno: aku baru saja pulang.<br /><br />Touno: Tidak,<br />Touno: aku tak bisa mengambil cuti untuk sementara.<br />Touno: Ya.<br />Touno: ...Tapi tidak.<br />Touno: Bagaimanapun juga aku akan pergi Sabtu malam.<br />Touno: Ada hal yang ingin kukatakan padamu...<br /><br />Touno: Aku memutuskan untuk berhenti dari pekerjaanku.<br /><br />===Hal 45===<br />Touno: Proyek yang sedang kukerjakan selama ini...<br />Touno: akan selesai dalam setengah tahun,<br />Touno: jadi tak apa jika aku berhenti.<br />Touno: Selain itu...<br />Touno: aku ingin menemukan sesuatu yang bermanfaat untuk dilakukan.<br />Risa: ............<br /><br />Risa: Begitu...<br />Risa: Yah,<br />Risa: sebenarnya,<br />Risa: kalau kau meneruskannya, aku akan khawatir dengan kesehatanmu.<br /><br />Risa: Maksudku, itu adalah hal yang bagus...<br />Risa: walaupun itu merupakan cara aneh untuk mengatakannya...<br /><br />===Hal 46===<br />Risa: Kau sudah melakukannya dengan baik.<br /><br />Touno: ...Terima kasih.<br /><br />Touno: ...Kapan terakhir kali kita bertemu?<br />Risa: Kurang lebih 3 bulan lalu.<br />Risa: Kita masih menggunakan baju lengan panjang.<br />Risa: Takaki-kun, kita akan makan malam, tapi kau harus kembali bekerja setelah itu.<br />Touno: Oh ya...<br /><br />Touno: ...Kupikir aku tidak akan cepat-cepat mencari pekerjaan setelah aku keluar.<br />Touno: Ayo pergi ke suatu tempat.<br />Risa: Benarkah?<br /><br />===Hal 47===<br />Risa: Aku sangat senang!<br />Risa: Karena kita hanya pernah pergi berlibur sekali.<br />Risa: Pemandian air panas!<br />Risa: Itu sangat menyenangkan.<br /><br />Risa: Aku benar-benar menantikannya...<br />Touno: Hei, sebaiknya kita pergi kemana?<br />Touno: Kau bisa menentukannya, Risa.<br />Touno: Walaupun itu masih sangat jauh.<br /><br />===Hal 48===<br />Teman: Oh-- Touno! Kau datang--<br />Orang: Selamat datang-<br />Teman: Sudah lama ya-<br />Teman: Ayo ke sini.<br />Teman: Ada situasi darurat.<br />Teman: Kotani sedang dalam masalah- dia diputuskan oleh pacarnya dan akan segera dipecat.<br /><br />Teman: Touno-kun, bagaimana keadaanmu belakangan ini?<br />Touno: Hm? Kerja?<br />Teman: Tidak, kehidupan cintamu.<br />Teman: Pacar?<br />Touno: Aku punya.<br /><br />Teman: Wah-- Perempuan seperti apa dia? Apa kau punya fotonya?<br />Touno: Tidak, aku tak punya.<br />Teman: Touno tak pernah membicarakan pacarnya.<br />Touno: Tidak juga.<br />Teman: Kau juga tidak memberitahu pacarmu di unversitas-<br /><br />Teman: dan kau berbohong kepadanya.<br />Teman: Itu benar! Chii-chan menanyai Touno-kun apakah dia sudah punya pacar, karena dia menyukainya.<br />Teman: Dia bilang tidak, tapi dia sebenarnya punya.<br />Takeuchi: Seorang laki-laki menyembunyikan keberadaan pacarnya dari teman-temannya benar-benar membuat aku penasaran-<br /><br />===Hal 49===<br />Touno: Walaupun kita teman... kita belum bertemu selama satu tahun.<br />Teman: Haha-<br />Teman: Sudah berapa lama kalian berpacaran?<br />Touno: ...3 tahun.<br />Teman: Wow-<br />Teman: jadi sudah hampir waktunya?<br /><br />Teman: Pacarku juga lebih tua, jadi dia menjadi tak sabaran.<br />Teman: Yah, bagaimanapun, sudah hampir waktunya.<br />Teman: Harus mulai mengambil tanggung jawab sekarang-<br />Touno: ............<br />Touno: Aku belum memikirkan itu.<br />Touno: Kami berdua sangat sibuk belakangan ini, jadi kami tak bisa sering bertemu.<br /><br />Takeuchi: Walaupun kau sibuk, kau akan meluangkan waktu jika kau benar-benar ingin menemuinya-<br />Takeuchi: Apa kau bahkan tak ingin mencoba?<br />Touno: Takeuchi.<br />Takeuchi: Kau hanya menggunakan itu sebagai alasan!<br />Touno: Kenapa kau marah-marah-?<br /><br />Teman: Ayo, minum air.<br />Takeuchi: Nnn--!<br />Takeuchi: Aku ingin memberitahumu apa yang kupikirkan tentang bagaimana kau memperlakukan perempuan!<br /><br />===Hal 50===<br />Risa: Ini.<br />Risa: Hah- Hangatnya!<br /><br />Risa: Ngomong-ngomong,<br />Risa: orang tuaku akan datang 2 minggu lagi.<br />Risa: Mereka mengunjungi seseorang yang membantu mereka di masa lalu, tapi dia sedang berada di rumah sakit...<br />Risa: dan mereka akan tinggal disini.<br />Touno: Hah?<br /><br />Touno: Di kamar ini?<br />Risa: Kalau kita memindahkan mejanya, kita bisa menaruh 2 futon.<br />Touno: Tapi tak akan ada tempat untuk berdiri.<br />Risa: Mereka tak akan tinggal di hotel,<br />Risa: karena mereka ingin melihatku.<br />Risa: Dan aku belum pulang ke rumah sama sekali...<br /><br />===Hal 51===<br />Touno: Mau bagaimana lagi, kau selalu sangat sibuk.<br />Risa: Hmm...<br />Risa: Ya.<br />Risa: Selain itu, kalau tak apa-apa,<br />Risa: bagaimana kalau kita makan malam bersama pada hari itu?<br /><br />Risa: Aku berpikir kalau kau mungkin bisa membawa mereka kesana.<br />Risa: Kau tahu, restoran Itali yang dekat dengan tempat ting-<br /><br />===Hal 52===<br />Touno: ...Jadi,<br />Touno: kau ingin aku menemui mereka.<br />Risa: Ya...<br /><br />Touno: Aku sudah bilang kalau aku akan berhenti dari pekerjaanku, kan?<br />Touno: Aku tak bisa menemui mereka seperti itu.<br /><br />Risa: .........<br />Risa: Itu bukan masalah besar...<br />Risa: karena mereka datang jauh-jauh kesini.<br />Risa: Hanya itu.<br />Touno: Bahkan jika kau tak punya tujuan apapun,<br />Touno: aku yakin kalau orang tuamu akan berpikir sebaliknya.<br /><br />===Hal 53===<br />Touno: Jika mereka diperkenalkan ke pacar...<br />Touno: dari anak yang belum mereka temui belakangan ini...<br />Touno: ............<br />Touno: Maafkan aku.<br /><br />Touno: Sekarang,<br />Touno: aku tak bisa memikirkan masa depan.<br /><br />===Hal 54===<br />Touno: Haah...<br />HP:<br />Dari: Mizuno Risa<br />Subjek: Selamat pagi<br />--------------------<br />Maaf tentang kemarin.<br />Aku ingin bicara denganmu, jadi bisakah aku menelponmu nanti malam?<br /><br />HP:<br />Subjek: Selamat pagi<br />--------------------<br />Maaf<br />Aku tak tahu kapan aku akan pulang malam ini, jadi aku akan menghubungimu ketika aku ada waktu.<br /><br />===Hal 55===<br />Risa: Touno-san.<br /><br />Risa: Kau pasti Touno-san dari Samudo System.<br />Touno: ............<br />Touno: Ya...<br />Touno: Um, kau dari departemen Yoshimura-san?<br />Risa: Aku Mizuno.<br />Risa: Aku senang kau mengingatku<br />Risa: Maafkan aku.<br />Risa: Ketika kita bertemu sebelumnya, aku menggunakan setelan...<br /><br />Risa: Touno-san, aku langsung mengenalimu .<br />Risa: Dalam pakaian sehari-hari, kau terlihat seperti seorang murid.<br />Touno: Mizuno-san, apa kau juga pergi ke arah sini?<br />Risa: Um,<br />Risa: Ya... manapun boleh.<br />Touno: Manapun?<br /><br />===Hal 56===<br />Risa: Aku tak mempunyai rencana apa-apa.<br />Risa: Hari ini aku libur dan cuacanya bagus.<br />Risa: Kupikir aku mungkin akan pergi belanja.<br />Touno: Aku juga.<br />Touno: Kalau begitu, mau minum teh denganku?<br /><br />[Touno: Itulah bagaimana aku bertemu Mizuno Risa.]<br /><br />[Touno: Sudah lama aku tak berbicara dengan orang lain hanya untuk bersenang-senang.]<br />[Touno: Ketika kami berbicara,]<br />[Touno: aku merasa sangat nyaman.]<br />[Touno: Seperti itu,]<br /><br />[Touno: kami makan bersama,]<br />[Touno: menonton film,]<br /><br />===Hal 57===<br />[Touno: dan lambat laun,]<br />[Touno: lambat laun]<br />[Touno: hubungan kami semakin dalam.]<br /><br />TV: Roket H.A. nomor 9 diluncurkan jam 3 sore hari ini dari Pusat Antariksa Tanegashima.<br /><br />TV: Mesin utama, mulai.<br />TV: 3 2 1 0<br /><br />HP:<br />Dari: Mizuno Risa<br />Subjek: Terima kasih<br />--------------------<br />Terima kasih untuk hari ini.<br />Tadi sangat menyenangkan<br />Kalau tak apa-apa, bisakah kita makan malam bersama lagi?<br /><br />===Hal 58===<br />[Touno: Dan...]<br />[Touno: aku mulai berkencan dengannya.]<br />Orang: Ya,<br />Orang: maafkan aku.<br /><br />Orang: Aku hanya ingin seseorang yang juga menyukaiku.<br />Orang: Aku masih menyukaimu sampai sekarang, Touno-kun.<br />Orang: Tapi kau tidak benar-benar menyukaiku, bukan?<br /><br />Orang: Aku sudah tahu itu,<br />Orang: bersama denganmu...<br />Orang: benar-benar menyakitkan.<br />[Touno: Itulah kenapa, kalau kau menyukaiku...!]<br /><br />===Hal 59===<br />Touno: Kenapa kau tak bisa meninggalkannya?<br />Touno: Sudahkah kau...<br />Touno: memikirkan tentang istrinya?<br />Orang: Takaki,<br />Orang: aku akan sangat sedih jika aku meninggalkan Fujida-san.<br /><br />Orang: Kau suka<br />Orang: tindakan asusila, bukan?<br /><br />Touno: APA!?<br />[Touno: Selama ini...]<br /><br />===Hal 60===<br />Kanae: Aku menyukaimu, Touno-kun.<br /><br />Touno: Terima kasih.<br /><br />Touno: Terima kasih...<br /><br />[Touno: Aku sudah menyakiti]<br />[Touno: banyak orang.]<br /><br />===Hal 61===<br />HP:<br />Aku ingin pergi jalan-jalan.<br />Apa kau sibuk pada Jumat malam?<br /><br />[Touno: Tapi kupikir kalau aku menyukainya.]<br />[Touno: Dan itulah kenapa,]<br />[Touno: walaupun itu menakutkan, aku tetap mengatakannya.]<br /><br />===Hal 62===<br />Risa: Hai... ini Risa.<br />Risa: Maaf kalau aku menelponmu berkali-kali walaupun kau sibuk.<br /><br />Risa: Kalau kau punya waktu,<br />Risa: tolong telpon balik jika kau bisa.<br />Risa: ...Baiklah, selamat malam.<br /><br />===Hal 63===<br />Risa: Uu...<br />Risa: ini sangat kuat!<br />Touno: Itu tak benar.<br />Risa: Tapi, itu tiba-tiba membuatku sangat panas.<br />Touno: Mukamu menjadi merah hanya dengan satu gelas bir.<br /><br />Risa: Fiuh...<br />Risa: Hei,<br />Risa: Takaki-kun, kau ingin menjadi apa ketika kau masih kecil?<br />Touno: Kenapa tiba-tiba bertanya itu?<br />Risa: Karena aku tak tahu banyak tentangmu.<br /><br />===Hal 64===<br />Touno: ............<br />Touno: Kupikir aku tak ingin menjadi apa-apa<br />Risa: Tidak sama sekali?<br />Touno: Aku berusaha sangat keras hanya untuk melewati setiap hari.<br />Risa: Begitu...<br />Risa: Ah- aku mungkin juga sama.<br />Touno: Kau juga?<br /><br />Risa: Ya.<br />Risa: Ketika aku ditanyai tentang masa depanku di sekolah, aku selalu tidak tahu bagaimana menjawabnya.<br />Risa: Itulah kenapa ketika aku memutuskan untuk bekerja di perusahaan ini, kupikir kalau aku tak perlu memikirkan masa depanku lagi.<br />Risa: Sesuatu seperti itu.<br /><br />Touno: Begitu...<br />Risa: Ketika aku masih kecil, aku ingin menjadi banyak hal.<br />Risa: Seperti ketika bermain rumah-rumahan, aku ingin mempunyai roti atau toko bunga.<br />Risa: Tapi setelah aku tahu kalau mewujudkan mimpimu adalah hal yang sangat sulit...<br />Risa: Aku jadi sangat iri dengan orang-orang yang mempunyai tujuan di kehidupan mereka.<br /><br />===Hal 65===<br />Risa: Takaki-kun, salju!<br />Risa: Salju turun!<br />Touno: Hah!?<br /><br />HP:<br />Maaf<br />Aku akan menghubungimu ketika aku ada waktu<br /><br />===Hal 66===<br />HP: Takaki-kun<br />HP:<br />Takaki-kun<br />Apakah hubungan kita sudah berakhir?<br /><br />HP:<br />Batalkan pesan?<br />Ya<br />Tidak<br /><br />Orang: Touno.<br />Touno: Ah.<br />Touno: ...Ya?<br />Orang: Kau akan berhenti?<br /><br />===Hal 67===<br />Touno: ...Ya.<br />Touno: Ketika aku menyelesaikan pekerjaan ini.<br />Orang: ............<br /><br />HP:<br />Kontak:<br />Mizuno Risa<br /><br />===Hal 68===<br />Risa: Um...<br />Risa: Maaf.<br />Risa: Aku...<br />Risa: tak yakin apa yang harus kulakukan...<br /><br />Risa: Karena...<br />Risa: ini pertama kalinya untukku.<br />Risa: Aku memang berkencan denga seseorang di universitas,<br />Risa: tapi kami selalu bertemu dengan banyak orang,<br />Risa: jadi mungkin kami sebenarnya tak berkencan...?<br />Risa: Dia...<br />Risa: menyukai orang lain setelah beberapa lama dan berangsur-angsur menghilang...<br />Risa: Itulah kenapa,<br />Risa: um,<br /><br />===Hal 69===<br />Risa: Jadi,<br />Risa: aku tak tahu,<br />Risa: sebagaimana mestinya...<br /><br />Risa: Ow!<br /><br />===Hal 70===<br />Touno: Hei, ibu?<br />Touno: Itu mesin penjawabku?<br />Touno: Ya, maaf, aku tak bisa menjawabnya karena aku sangat sibuk.<br />Touno: Ok.<br />Touno: Reuni kelas?<br /><br />Touno: Ah...<br />Touno: tolong tolak itu.<br />Touno: Aku tak punya waktu untuk pergi ke Tanegashima.<br />Touno: Ya.<br />Touno: ...Ah.<br />Touno: Dan ada sesuatu yang ingin kuberitahukan padamu.<br />Touno: Aku memutuskan untuk berhenti dari pekerjaanku.<br /><br />===Hal 71===<br />Touno: ...Aku belum memutuskannya.<br />Touno: Masih ada pekerjaan yang harus diselesaikan, jadi aku akan memutuskannya dalam 2 atau 3 bulan lagi.<br />Ibu: Kenapa kau keluar!?<br /><br />Ibu: Kau tak akan bisa langsung menemukan pekerjaan lain dengan kondisi ekonomi seperti ini.<br />Ibu: Dan Takaki, kau tak pernah menyerah dalam apapun sebelumnya.<br /><br />Ibu: Bisakah kau bertahan sedikit lagi?<br /><br />===Hal 72===<br />Touno: ...Risa.<br /><br />Risa: Takaki-kun.<br />Risa: Jadi kau bekerja di hari Minggu juga.<br />Touno: ...Ada apa?<br /><br />===Hal 73===<br />Risa: ............<br />Risa: Maafkan aku.<br /><br />Risa: Aku tahu kalau kau tak mau aku mengganggumu di sini.<br /><br />Risa: Tapi,<br />Risa: kalau begini terus,<br />Risa: aku tak akan bisa berbicara denganmu sama sekali sebelum semuanya berakhir.<br />Risa: Apa yang salah?<br />Risa: Dan apa sekarang tak baik?<br />Risa: Aku terus berpikir,<br />Risa: kita...<br />Risa: sudah berpacaran selama 3 tahun,<br /><br />===Hal 74===<br />Risa: tapi aku tak tahu apa yang kau rasakan sama sekali, Takaki-kun.<br /><br />Risa; Takaki-kun<br />Risa: tolong,<br /><br />Risa: tunjukkan padaku.<br /><br />===Hal 75===<br />Risa: Sisi yang kau sembunyikan dariku.<br /><br />Risa: Apa yang paling tak mau kau tunjukkan padaku,<br />Risa: tolong biarkan aku melihatnya...<br /><br />===Hal 76===</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/30911</id>
        <title>[Bahasa] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 6 by Gwilthyunman</title>
        <updated>2011-08-12T15:40:35+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>Gwilthyunman</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/30911" />
        <summary type="html"><div class="important">Reserved for Manga:Code Scanlation</div><div class="important">ENG TL: cookie_on_fire<br />Proofreader: Panda-san</div><br />===Cover Page===<br /><br />===Hal 1===<br /><br />===Hal 2===<br /><br />===Hal 3===<br /><strong>Chapter 6: Menjadi Nomor Satu di Hatimu...</strong><br /><br />===Hal 4===<br />Berita: Badainya bergerak menuju timur laut dengan kecepatan sekitar 25 kilometer per jam.<br />Berita: Tekanan di bagian pusatnya adalah 998 HPA* dan kecepatan angin tertinggi di area itu adalah 18 meter per detik.<br />*)Catatan: HPA = hektopascal<br /><br />===Hal 5===<br />[Kanae: Semenjak hari itu,]<br />[Kanae: banyak badai melewati area ini.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Setiap kali itu terjadi, sedikit demi sedikit,]<br />[Kanae: pulau ini menjadi lebih dingin.]<br />Kanae: Hei, onee-chan,<br />Sumida: Hm?<br />Kanae: Ini tentang masa depanku-<br /><br />===Hal 6===<br />Kanae: Aku masih tak tahu apa yang ingin kulakukan.<br />Sumida: Ya.<br />Kanae: Tapi aku sudah memutuskan sesuatu.<br /><br />Kanae: Satu demi satu,<br />Kanae: aku akan mulai dari hal-hal yang bisa kulakukan.<br />Kanae: Aku pergi sekarang!<br /><br />[Kanae: &quot;Itu sama dengan semuanya.&quot;]<br /><br />===Hal 7===<br />[Kanae: &quot;Aku hanya melakukan hal yang bisa kulakukan.&quot;]<br /><br />[Kanae: Ah-]<br />[Kanae: Bahkan airnya menjadi sedikit lebih dingin.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Sedikit,]<br />[Kanae: ketika memikirkan hal-hal seperti itu,]<br />[Kanae: itu terjadi tanpa peringatan.]<br /><br />===Hal 8===<br /><br />===Hal 9===<br />Kanae: ---!<br /><br />===Hal 10===<br />Saki: ...Hei,<br />Saki: Kanae!<br /><br />Kanae: Fweh?<br />Saki: Jangan bengong ketika kau makan, itu tak baik-<br />Saki: Ada satu<br />Saki: di mulutmu.<br />Kanae: Ahah.<br />Kanae: Maaf, apa yang kau katakan?<br />Saki: Tentang bagaimana Fukumaru menyatakan cintanya pada Sasaki-san.<br /><br />Teman: Wow, sudah berapa banyak orang tuh?<br />Saki: Yah, dia sudah mempunyai seseorang yang dia suka, jadi dia menolaknya, kan?<br />Saki: Kita merahasiakannya, jadi kita tak bisa mengatakannya-<br />Saki: Tapi untuk seseorang yang berpacaran dengan guru bimbingan belajarnya...<br />Saki: Kanae!<br />Kanae: Uwah!<br />Saki: Kenapa kau tersenyum seperti itu sejak pagi ini? Itu mengerikan.<br />Saki: Apakah sesuatu terjadi dengan Touno-kun?<br /><br />===Hal 11===<br />Saki: Mmph!<br />Saki: Tak mungkin!<br /><br />[Kanae: Aku tak boleh membiarkannya menjadi cinta bertepuk sebelah tangan selamanya!]<br />Teman: Jarang sekali aku melihatmu di perpustakaan, Sumida-san--<br />Kanae: Haha- hanya sekali-sekali saja-<br />[Kanae: Tak aneh tinggal disini untuk waktu yang lama.]<br />[Kanae: Fiuh...]<br /><br />===Hal 12===<br />[Kanae: Touno-kun...]<br /><br />[Kanae: Aku harus menyatakan cintaku kepadanya karena aku sudah menaiki ombak itu.]<br />[Kanae: Aku yakin kalau aku tak bisa mengatakannya di masa depan.]<br />Kanae: ............<br />[Kanae: Aku tak cantik.]<br />[Kanae: Kulitku sangat gelap karena berjemur dan rambutku juga rusak.]<br />[Kanae: Dada dan tubuhku tak mau bertumbuh juga...]<br />[Kanae: Yukko bilang kalau untuk menggambarkanku dalam satu kata, aku &quot;lusuh&quot;...]<br /><br />===Hal 13===<br />[Kanae: Lalu ada nilai-nilai jelekku, ketidakmampuan untuk tetap tenang atau kekurangan beberapa centimeter.]<br />[Kanae: Aku sudah berdoa, walaupun itu kelihatannya sia-sia.]<br />[Kanae: Tapi aku menginginkan satu hal,]<br /><br />[Kanae: apakah itu gigiku, bentuk kukuku atau apapun,]<br />[Kanae: sesuatu yang dia suka dariku.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Aku mencintaimu.]<br />[Kanae: Apa kau mencintaiku?]<br />[Kanae: Aku mencintaimu.]<br />[Kanae: O--]<br />[Kanae: Ooh!]<br />[Kanae: Wa-Wa-Wa-]<br />[Kanae: Wah!]<br /><br />===Hal 14===<br />Kanae: Nn!<br />Kanae: Haah...<br /><br />Touno: Sumida.<br />Kanae: !!<br /><br />Kanae: To...<br />Kanae: Touno-kun.<br />Touno: Apa kau pulang sekarang?<br />Kanae: Ya...<br /><br />Touno: Baiklah,<br />Touno: ayo pulang sama-sama.<br />Kanae: Ok...<br /><br />===Hal 15===<br />Touno: Wow,<br />Touno: kau memilihnya dengan cepat hari ini.<br />Kanae: Ya...<br /><br />===Hal 16===<br /><br />===Hal 17===<br />Touno: !<br /><br />===Hal 18===<br /><br />===Hal 19===<br />Touno: ...Ada apa?<br /><br />[Kanae: &quot;Jangan&quot;]<br /><br />[Kanae: &quot;mengatakan apapun.&quot;]<br /><br />===Hal 20===<br />Kanae: Maaf...<br />Kanae: Bukan apa-apa.<br /><br />===Hal 21===<br /><br />===Hal 22===<br />Touno: Apa ada yang salah?<br />Kanae: Ya...<br />Kanae: Ini aneh...<br />Touno: Mungkin konektornya rusak.<br />Touno: Apakah ini motor bekas?<br />Kanae: Ya.<br />Kanae: Ini punya kakakku dulu.<br /><br />Touno: Apakah ini berhenti sebentar ketika kau mempercepat?<br />Kanae: Mungkin...<br />Kanae: dan baru-baru ini... kadang-kadang aku tak bisa menyalakan mesinnya.<br />Touno: Sepertinya ini tak akan bekerja.<br />Touno: Tinggalkan ini disini untuk hari ini,<br />Touno: dan suruh seseorang mengambilnya nanti.<br />Touno: Ayo jalan.<br />Kanae: Hah...? Aku akan jalan sendirian!<br />Kanae: Touno-kun, kau sebaiknya pulang.<br /><br />===Hal 23===<br />Touno: Itu tak terlalu jauh dari sini,<br />Touno: lagipula...<br />Touno: aku mau jalan.<br /><br />[Kanae: Apa itu]<br />[Kanae: sebuah kesalahpahaman?]<br /><br />[Kanae: ...Itu tak mungkin kesalahpahaman.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Ini kenyataan.]<br /><br />===Hal 24===<br />[Kanae: Touno-kun,]<br /><br />[Kanae: mengapa kau tak mengatakan apapun?]<br />[Kanae: Mengapa kau mengatakan,]<br />[Kanae: kau mau pulang bersama-sama?]<br /><br />[Kanae: Touno-kun,]<br /><br />[Kanae: apa yang kau pikirkan?]<br />[Kanae: Kenapa kau sangat baik terhadapku?]<br /><br />[Kanae: Touno-kun,]<br /><br />===Hal 25===<br />[Kanae: Touno-kun,]<br /><br />[Kanae: kenapa?]<br /><br />===Hal 26===<br />Kanae: ............<br />Kanae: Fu...!<br />Kanae: ...!<br />Touno: Sumida!<br />Kanae: Tidak...<br />Touno: Ada apa?<br /><br />Kanae: Ah...<br />Kanae: Tidak.<br />Kanae: Maaf.<br />Kanae: Ini bukan apa-apa.<br /><br />===Hal 27===<br />[Kanae: Bukan itu,]<br />[Kanae: Touno-kun.]<br />Kanae: Hii...!<br />[Kanae: Aku mohon padamu,]<br />Kanae: ...!<br />[Kanae: aku mohon padamu,]<br />Touno: Sumida...<br /><br />[Kanae: Tolong]<br />Kanae: -ngan...<br />[Kanae: jangan]<br /><br />[Kanae: berbaik hati padaku lagi.]<br />Kanae: -padaku lagi!<br /><br />===Hal 28===<br /><br />===Hal 29===<br /><br />===Hal 30===<br />[Kanae: Mati-matian,]<br /><br />[Kanae: pergi menuju kehampaan gelap yang sangat jauh,]<br />[Kanae: roket itu pergi ke suatu tempat yang tak terbayangkan jauhnya.]<br /><br />===Hal 31===<br />[Kanae: dan roket berkepala tumpul itu,]<br />[Kanae: yang mati-matian mencoba untuk mengejarnya.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Sejujurnya,]<br />[Kanae: aku sudah mengetahuinya dari dulu.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Tapi aku berpura-pura tak menyadarinya.]<br />[Kanae: Aku merasa kalau jika aku berhasil menaiki ombak itu,]<br />[Kanae: semuanya akan berubah.]<br /><br />===Hal 32===<br />[Kanae: Touno-kun benar-benar baik.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Hanya seperti ini,]<br />[Kanae: dia bersedia untuk berjalan dengan kecepatan yang sama,]<br />[Kanae: di sampingku,]<br /><br />===Hal 33===<br />[Kanae: Tapi dia tak melihatku.]<br /><br />Kanae: Kabu- Aku pulang-<br />Kanae: Touno-kun,<br />Kanae: maaf telah membuatmu berjalan.<br />Touno: Tak apa.<br />Touno: Kuharap Kabu segera sembuh.<br /><br />Kanae: Ya...<br />Kanae: Terima kasih.<br />Kanae: Sampai ketemu besok.<br /><br />===Hal 34===<br />[Kanae: Touno-kun selalu melihat ke depan,]<br /><br />[Kanae: pada sesuatu yang sangat jauh.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Aku yakin kalau...]<br />[Kanae: dia tak akan pernah melihatku.]<br /><br />===Hal 35===<br />Kanae: Ahahahahaha!<br />Ibu: Kanae! Sampai kapan kau mau menonton TV?!<br />Kanae: Ahahaha! Tapi ini...!<br />Ibu: Cepat tidur sana!<br /><br />Ibu: Ya ampun... bertingkah seperti itu ketika kau seharusnya khawatir dengan masa depanmu.<br />Kanae: Hehe...<br />Kanae: Ehe-<br />Kanae: Kabu-<br /><br />Kanae: Jangan berisik di dalam.<br />Kanae: Ayo tidur bersama-sama hari ini.<br />Kanae: Nyamannya sekali-sekali berada didalam, hah.<br />Kanae: ............<br />Kanae: Haah...<br /><br />===Ha; 36===<br />Kanae: Jam berapa sebaiknya aku bangun?<br />Kanae: Aku tak perlu...<br />Kanae: berlatih di pagi hari lagi.<br />Kanae: Di pagi hari, Touno-kun akan...<br />Kanae: tapi itu tak baik lagi.<br /><br />Kanae: Oh ya...<br />Kanae: Aku tak bisa...<br />Kanae: menemuinya di pagi hari,<br />Kanae: atau pulang bersama-sama lagi.<br /><br />Kanae: Dan ketika aku bertemu dengannya di lorong,<br />Kanae: aku harus bersikap normal.<br />Kanae: Aku yakin kalau Touno-kun<br />Kanae: akan bersikap seperti tak terjadi apa-apa.<br /><br />Kanae: Karena dia sangat baik...<br /><br />===Hal 37===<br />Kanae: Aku...<br /><br />Kanae: ...!<br />Kanae: Aah...<br />Kanae: Hei, Kabu.<br />Kanae: Selesai sudah.<br /><br />Kanae: Selesai sudah.<br />Kanae: Selesai sudah.<br /><br />Kanae: Semua sudah berakhir...<br /><br />===Hal 38===<br />[Kanae: Tapi untukku,]<br /><br />[Kanae: besok, lusa dan hari setelahnya,]<br />[Kanae: aku akan selalu mencintai Touno-kun.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Seperti yang kuduga, aku tak bisa menghentikan diriku sendiri]<br />[Kanae: dari menyukai Touno-kun.]<br /><br />===Hal 39===<br />[Kanae: Aku akan selalu menyukai Touno-kun.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Selalu.]<br /><br />===Hal 40===</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/30717</id>
        <title>[English] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 11 by cookie_on_fire</title>
        <updated>2011-07-31T06:48:03+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>cookie_on_fire</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/30717" />
        <summary type="html">Reserved for Manga:Code. Do not use without my permission.<br /><br />Phew. That's the end of one series. Not gonna lie, it was no walk in the park. Enjoyable series though. The manga gives a more hopeful tone at the end than the anime did.<br /><br />Page 1<br />Final Chapter: A Poem of the Sky and Sea<br /><br />Page 2<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 3<br />Guy: Kanae-chan,<br />     You're not surfing today?<br />Kanae: I just came to watch.<br />Guy: Is that so?<br />Guy: Well, I guess the waves aren't good today.<br />Kanae: Yeah.<br />       I thought, &quot;Ryou-kun is pretty amazing to surf in that condition&quot;.<br />Ryou: And you say that now?<br /><br />Page 4<br />Kanae: And also, I wanted you to give you photos from Taka-san's birthday party.<br />       There are also some for the others.<br />Ryou: Thanks, I'll give those to them.<br />Ryou: Hey.<br />Ryou: I heard from Chika that you don't have a boyfriend?<br />Kanae: Yeah?<br />Ryou: If it's ok with you, will you go out with me?<br /><br />Page 5<br />Kanae: Ah...<br />Kanae: Phone call.<br />Kanae: Sorry.<br />Ryou: It's fine, go ahead and answer it.<br />Kanae: Hello? Onee-chan, what do you want!?<br />Kanae: ...What!?<br /><br />Page 6<br />Man: Ow...<br />Woman: This is so sad...<br />Kanae: I'm glad he didn't hit his head-<br />Man: Seriously- You'd think usually there wouldn't be a wet towel on the floor in a place that.<br />Woman: Sigh---<br />Kanae: Your operation is the day after tomorrow right?<br />       It seems like you'll be giving birth while he's staying in the hospital.<br />Man: Ah- oh yeah. I wish they had an obstetrics department here...<br />     Can't you be here for it? Can't you slip out halfway through?<br />Woman: You be quiet!<br />Woman: Sigh...<br />Woman: Oh yeah, Kanae, sorry to ask this but...<br /><br />Page 7<br />Kanae: You stuff at your desk right? I heard about it.<br />       I get tomorrow off, so I'll go get it.<br />Woman: Sorry for the trouble-<br />Kanae: It's fine, it's fine.<br />Woman: Look, it's daddy-<br />Kid: Daddy!<br />Man: Guooooh!!<br />Kanae: Excuse me, I'm a family member of Nakamura-sensei.<br />Woman: Aah- Yes, I was informed.<br />       Is he alright?<br />Kanae: Yes, he broke his kneecap,<br />Kanae: But he's completely fine.<br /><br />Page 8<br />Woman: His step-sister...which means you're Sumida-sensei's younger sister?<br />Kanae: Ah.<br />       Yes. I'm Sumida Kanae.<br />Kanae: I was a student here...<br />Woman: Oh yes!<br />       You didn't change at all.<br />Kanae: Ehehe.<br />Woman: Is it true that you're working at Nishinoomote?<br />Kanae: Yes, but only for one year.<br />       I have been studying and I got into Kagoshima's nursing school.<br />Woman: wow-<br />Kanae: Now I'm in Minamitane Hospital.<br />Woman: Is that so- You sure have worked hard.<br />Kanae: Thank you very much.<br />Woman: Tell Nakamura-sensei that I said get well soon.<br />Kanae: I will.<br />Kanae: And um...can I take a look around this place?<br />Kanae: It feels so nostalgic.<br />Woman: That's fine.<br />       Let me know when you leave.<br />Kanae: Ok!<br /><br />Page 9<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 10<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 11<br />Kanae: Is the funeral over already?<br />Woman: It's fine, it's fine. Only the old men are left chatting.<br />Woman: It's been a while-<br /><br />Page 12<br />Woman: I wouldn't even have the time to come back here if it wasn't for the funeral.<br />Woman: Ah- I have to go back to Kagoshima tonight as well.<br />Kanae: Weren't you going to stay over?<br />Woman: My husband texted me just now, and it seems like I can't.<br />Kanae: Isn't that a bit rushed? Are you going to be fine?<br />Woman: Ahaha, it's always like this.<br />Woman: You sure are fine with all this.<br />Kanae: I'm used to it because of my nephews.<br />Kanae: My sister's going to come back once she gives birth to the third one.<br />Woman: Now now, Akkun- Misa-chan, go get the bear.<br />Woman: Oh? He doesn't have the bear?<br />Woman: It seems like I left it in the car. I'm going to go get it-<br />Kanae: Alright-<br />Kanae: Misa-chan, draw a dog next.<br />Kanae: Geez.<br />Kanae: Sigh...<br /><br />Page 13<br />Woman: It can't be helped, but...<br />       Everyone brings back their kids whenever they come back.<br />Woman: And my relatives keep on asking me why I haven't married.<br />Woman: The countryside can be such...<br />Woman: I'm glad that you're still single as well, Kanae-<br />Kanae: Haha...<br />SFX: *Ring*<br />Kanae: So you don't have any plans for now, Saki-chan?<br />Saki: I don't need any because of my work, and I definitely don't need a boyfriend.<br />Saki: Ah, sorry, text.<br />Kanae: But the TV station seems like such a nice place.<br />Saki: Nah, a production company is really nothing special.<br />Saki: But I guess it's quite fun.<br />Saki: Besides, when people get married, all they talk about is their husbands and kids.<br />Saki: I don't want to be like that.<br /><br />Page 14<br />Kanae: ...I kind of envy their happiness though.<br />Kanae: But I also think that independent people like you are pretty cool.<br />Kanae: I'm...still sitting on the fence.<br />Kanae: I'm not devoted to my job.<br />Kanae: But to get married...<br />Saki: Ah, you're one of those typical ones who get married late.<br />Saki: Oh well, that's so like you, Kanae. You've always been like this.<br />Kanae: Ouch...<br />Woman: Sorry, it was dropped under the seat, so I had to look for it-<br />Woman: He has to have the bear with him.<br />       A while back, he was fighting for it with his cousin,<br />Woman: And he bit the kid's hand.<br /><br />Page 15<br />Yukko: He has never done something like that before, so before his grandmother got angry-<br />Saki: Yukko.<br />Saki: I'm not that interested in hearing about your kids.<br />Yukko: Ahahahaha, Saki-chan, you're so scary-<br />Yukko: I see you still hate children-<br />Yukko: Look now, those sticky lips are going to kiss you-<br />Saki: Hey, stop it---<br />Kid: Ahaha!<br />Woman: Stop that-<br />Woman: Hey...<br />Woman: What did you do!?<br />Kanae: Still not coming out, huh-<br />Woman: Seriously.<br />       It's dad's curse.<br />Kanae: How he said for you to wait until he gets out of the hospital?<br />Woman: Hey hey heey!!<br />Kid: Kyaah---<br />Woman: I already get dizzy from thinking about having yet another boy...<br /><br />Page 16<br />Kanae: But thanks to that, mom doesn't bother me about getting married or having kids anymore.<br />Woman: Ahaha, she already has her hands full with the grandsons.<br />Woman: But you know,<br />       Without that kind of pressure, it'll be hard to move forward.<br />Kanae: Ah.<br />Woman: Phone call?<br /><br />Page 17<br />Ryou: Sorry for calling you out so late.<br />Kanae: It's fine.<br />Kanae: Sorry about before.<br />Ryou: It's fine, since it was an emergency.<br />Ryou: But we were interrupted.<br />Kanae: Yeah...<br />Ryou: The view is really nice here.<br />      Did you know that?<br />Kanae: ...Yeah.<br />Ryou: Haha- well I guess you're from here.<br /><br />Page 18<br />Kanae: ...Ryou-kun, how many years has it been since you moved here?<br />Ryou: Almost two years now.<br />Kanae: Are you glad that you came?<br />Ryou: Hm...yeah. I came here because I wanted to surf.<br />Ryou: It's true that there are many inconveniences, but I'm fine with it.<br />Kanae: I see...<br />Ryou: Kanae-chan, do you like it here as well?<br />Ryou: Isn't it rare for people to stay around here?<br />Kanae: ...I don't know.<br />Kanae: When I went to school in Kagoshima,<br />Kanae: I lived with my sister because she happened to have transferred as well.<br />       But for some reason I couldn't get used to that place and I came back to work here.<br /><br />Page 19<br />Ryou: It's because you love the waves, right-<br />Kanae: I wonder...<br />Kanae: I like surfing,<br />       But it's not like I'm doing it professionally like you.<br />Kanae: The farthest I've ever gone...are Fukuoka and Okinawa.<br />       And I had a fever during the school trip, so I couldn't go...<br />Ryou: Huh? Don't you ever go traveling?<br />Kanae: Well...I had no money.<br />Kanae: And I went to the ocean on holidays.<br />Kanae: But watching the stars like this...<br />Kanae: Just like how I went to my high school,<br />       It makes me think of something.<br />Kanae: How it makes me wonder if I'll stay here my whole life.<br />Kanae: And maybe how there are no other possibilities for me.<br />Kanae: I also worried like this a lot in my teen years.<br />Kanae: But I came this far without facing anything.<br />Ryou: Didn't you say that becoming a nurse was a huge decision?<br />Ryou: And you studied really hard for it.<br />Kanae: Yeah...<br /><br />Page 20<br />Kanae: There was someone I liked from middle to high school.<br />Kanae: Although it was a one-sided love.<br />Kanae: He moved here from Tokyo.<br />Kanae: Even though he would smile kindly beside me,<br />       It felt as if his heart was always far away...<br />Kanae: Even when he was close by, he was like a star shining in the distance.<br />Kanae: Hehe, what a bad way of putting it...<br />Kanae: That's why, I knew deep down that it wouldn't reach him.<br />Kanae: But you know,<br />       I think the words &quot;I like you&quot; were mixed with my yearning for a world unknown to me.<br />Kanae: Especially recently...<br />Kanae: I remember things about him.<br /><br />Page 21<br />Kanae: When he left for Tokyo,<br />       He told me the time of his flight.<br />Kanae: That's when I made my first confession.<br />Kanae: But that was because,<br />Kanae: I knew that I would never see again. That's how I was able to do it.<br />Kanae: After that, I was studying hard while working part-time...<br />Kanae: I think that time was when I truly pushed forward,<br />       In order to broaden my horizons.<br />Kanae: In the end, the determination gradually weakened to what it is now...<br />Kanae: ...Sorry, for talking about<br />       Such weird things.<br />Ryou: Do you still like him now?<br />Kanae: Huh?<br />Ryou: I was just wondering if that's where you going.<br />Kanae: No, no, it's already been 10 years since then...<br />Kanae: Hmm... But...<br />Kanae: I wonder.<br /><br />Page 22<br />Kanae: I wanted to have normal relationships.<br />Kanae: But it didn't go well.<br />Kanae: Like back then...focusing all of my feelings toward someone,<br />       With the feelings building up inside,<br />Kanae: I just can't seem to do it with anyone else.<br />Kanae: Maybe it's because I became an adult,<br />Kanae: But rather than trying to overcome slight difficulties, I give up right away...<br />Kanae: That hasn't happened recently, so maybe I just let time pass without doing anything.<br />Kanae: Even though my heart is at peace,<br />       I always worry if it's really alright to be like this...<br />Ryou: So,<br />Ryou: You don't know what to do when someone like me, who doesn't know anything, suddenly confess to you.<br />Kanae: ...<br />Kanae: Well...<br /><br />Page 23<br />Ryou: But it's not like I don't know what you're talking about.<br />      Even some guys are like that.<br />Ryou: I think I just have less hurdles than you when it comes to liking someone. Or rather,<br />Ryou: I just go with my feelings without worrying too much.<br />Kanae: This is not a good way of asking, but...<br />Kanae: What's good about me?<br />Ryou: Your cuteness.<br />Ryou: I thought that even though you're cute, you're kind of indecisive and unclear about your feelings.<br />Ryou: But because the fact that you have that flaw, I started becoming interested in you.<br />      After hearing what you said, I think so even more.<br />Ryou: Ah- but why do I have to talk about something so heavy? <br />      I think you're cute because you're serious, clumsy, yet sincere.<br /><br />Page 24<br />Ryou: This may sound superficial,<br />      But I think that kind of nonchalance is necessary at times.<br />Ryou: If being here becomes too much, you can just leave.<br />      If that guy really pulls you toward him, you don't have to forget about him.<br />Ryou: You're the one who's binding yourself.<br />Ryou: With that,<br />      Let's just put all those thoughts aside and give it a try between us.<br />Ryou: And if things don't work out, just tell me.<br />Ryou: That's my conclusion.<br /><br />Page 25<br />Kanae: ...Thank you.<br />Kanae: Can you give me a little bit...<br />Kanae: Of time?<br />Kanae: Just a little.<br />Kid: Kanae!<br />Kanae: See, I told you- Kabu is still really strong.<br /><br />Page 26<br />Kid: I like smaller dogs.<br />Kid: I like Pii-chan from next door!<br />Text above dog: Pii-chan<br />Kanae: What are you saying!? Kabu is the best!<br />Kid: Butt-ugly Kanae!<br />Kid: So ugly!<br />Kanae: How did get the connection...?<br />       Hey, wait, you!<br />Kanae: Watch out, people coming through!<br /><br />Page 27<br />Kabu: *Whine*<br />Kanae: Kabu, do you want to drink some water?<br />Kanae: Kabu-<br />Kanae: Recently,<br />Kanae: I keep on thinking about back then.<br />Kid: Kanae-!<br /><br />Page 28<br />Woman: She's become quite good.<br />Kid: Kanae's so cool-<br />Woman: Ah.<br />Kid: Kanae's so lame-!<br />Kid: Ugly Kanae-!<br /><br />Page 29<br />Woman: Good work-<br />Woman: I brought lunch because those two wanted to come here to the ocean.<br />Kid: Let's eat.<br />Kanae: Onee-chan.<br />Kanae: I,<br />Kanae: Don't know what I should do.<br /><br />Page 30<br />...That's a tough one.<br />How about you try going to Tokyo?<br />Tokyo.<br />Go find Touno-kun and see him.<br />You have enough savings for that right?<br />To you, both Touno-kun and Tokyo are really far away from here.<br />They symbolize your wishes that can't be realized, right?<br /><br />Page 31<br />Woman: Even when that's the case, if they get in the way of your happiness,<br />       Isn't it best if you go see him?<br />Kanae: ...But I don't know where he is.<br />Kanae: Besides, his parents moved away many years ago...<br />Woman: They used to be teachers at my university, so you can ask about them there.<br />Woman: And his father is still teaching too.<br />Woman: You're older now, yet you still have much freedom.<br />Woman: You should go out there while you still can.<br />Woman: And you can get your answer through that.<br /><br />Page 32<br />Touno-kun.<br />...It's been a while since I imagined his face.<br />And I've been avoiding muttering his name.<br /><br />Page 33<br />They way Touno-kun's eyes always looked out into the distance,<br />Is not unlike<br />How I am now.<br />Staring without any purpose.<br />But I give up trying to reach out.<br />Back then, I tried really hard to grasp it.<br />In the end, it was no good,<br />But I tried to put an end to it.<br />I want the genuine strength from back then.<br />That's why I want to go and confirm something.<br />Will he turn around when I call out to him?<br />Will he stare blankly and ask who I am?<br />I may need that kind of hurt.<br />Because only Touno-kun's kindness remained.<br />I need to make my clock move forward again.<br /><br />Page 34<br />At 1000 kilometers per hour,<br />Flying over skies and oceans that I've never been to.<br /><br />Page 35<br />Kanae: ...High speed? Sobu-line?<br />Woman: *Cough*<br />Kanae: Ah.<br />Kanae(thought): ...Oh yeah.<br />Kanae(thought): I don't know where to go after Mitaka station.<br />Kanae(thought): I should contact them first.<br />Kanae(thought): Ok, I'll do that.<br />Kanae: Um, I would like to speak to M-Mobile Solution's Touno-san please.<br />Kanae: Yes!<br /><br />Page 36<br />Kanae: He quit...<br />Man: Excuse meee.<br />Man: I'm looking for hairstyle models. Do you have some time-?<br />Kanae: N-<br />Kanae: No.<br /><br />Page 37<br />Hm...<br />RIght now--- I may be at where Touno-kun used to live.<br />Once, a guy headed toward Tokyo asked Touno-kun to show him a map of the place, and asked many questions.<br />It feels like I heard the name of this place being mentioned then.<br />No, I got here after loitering around.<br />Anyway, I'm walking around.<br />What should I do...<br />Yeah...just the fact that I came.<br />...Thanks, onee-san.<br /><br />Page 38<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 39<br />Kanae: Hello?<br />Phone: Kanae!<br />       I found out the phone number!<br /><br />Page 40<br />Woman: Although it's his parents'.<br />       They are currently in Nagano.<br />Woman: Touno-kun never went to reunions, and no one could get in touch,<br />       But someone looked into it.<br />Woman: Last year, they said that they would send the message to their son, so I'm sure you can get in touch.<br />Kanae: Ok.<br />Kanae: Ok.<br />Kanae: Thanks.<br />SFX: *Riiiiing*<br />SFX: *Riiing*<br /><br />Page 41<br />Kanae: Hello.<br />Kanae: Ryou-kun?<br />Kanae: Yeah.<br />Kanae: I'm in Tokyo right now.<br />Kanae: Yeah.<br />       I ended up coming here.<br />Kanae: No, I'm going back tonight.<br />Kanae: Although I probably will only get to Kagoshima.<br />Ryou: Is that so?<br />Ryou: Ah, that's a relief...I thought you moved or something.<br />Ryou: Well, your voice.<br />Ryou: You sounded so sure of yourself.<br />Ryou: So,<br />      Did you see the guy?<br />Kanae: No.<br />Kanae: But it's alright.<br /><br />Page 42<br />Kanae: From now on, if I really want to see him, I will be able to.<br />Kanae: So I'm fine now.<br />Ryou: Huh?<br />Ryou: So that means you gave up?<br />Kanae: Not really...given up.<br />Kanae: It's just that I've only been in Tokyo for a few hours,<br />Kanae: And I'm already overwhelmed.<br />Kanae: There are so many people and cars, all going so fast.<br />Kanae: Like a totally different dimension.<br />Kanae: It's not a place for me-<br /><br />Page 43<br />Ryou: That's to be expected- But you'll get used to it in 3 days.<br />Kanae: ...Maybe.<br />Kanae: But,<br />Kanae: The air is different here.<br />Kanae: It's like the clouds are bad...<br />Kanae: I think I like the air in Tanegashima better after all.<br />Kanae: Even though it feels like time stops there, the clouds always float by really fast.<br /><br />Page 44<br />Kanae: With such energy,<br />Kanae: And wildly,<br />Kanae: Occasionally there to see the rocket.<br />Kanae: When I go back,<br />       I think I'll still brood over my situation sometimes,<br />Kanae: But since I know that we share the same sky,<br />Kanae: I think I will feel more at ease.<br /><br />Page 45<br />And once I think that way, I can go anywhere.<br />No matter how far away I am, if I really wish for it, we will be connected.<br />That's why...<br />I'm alright now.<br /><br />Page 46<br />Ryou: ...I see.<br />Ryou: ...So how about the reply that I'm waiting for?<br />Kanae: I'm sorry!<br />Ryou: Huh-!?<br />Ryou: You're not going along with your ok attitude?<br />Kanae: I'm...<br />Kanae: I'm sorry...<br />Kanae: I still don't have my feet on the ground...<br />Kanae: Or rather, I think I should go out with someone I really like.<br /><br />Page 47<br />Ryou: ...So that means if you get to know me more, I'll have a chance?<br />Kanae: I don't know about that...<br />Ryou: Oh geez! Kanae-chan, just come back quickly!<br />Ryou: I'll force you to learn more about me!<br />Kanae: Ahaha, you're so scary...<br />Kanae: Ryou-kun.<br />Ryou: Hm?<br />Kanae: ...Thank you.<br /><br />Page 48<br />Take care.<br />Hurry back here.<br /><br />Page 49<br />Touno-kun,<br />Did you get to where you wanted to go?<br /><br />Page 50<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 51<br />Nothing</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/dh777/releases/30646</id>
        <title>[Español] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 2 by DH777</title>
        <updated>2011-07-26T19:02:04+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>DH777</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/dh777/releases/30646" />
        <summary type="html"><strong>Sólo uso MasterPiece<br /></strong><strong></strong>Traducción: Alma<br /><del>Basada en la traducción de cookie on fire<br /></del><br />Pagina 01<br />Capitulo 2: Impaciencia<br /><br />Pagina 02<br />	<br />Nada<br /><br />Pagina 03<br />Toono, vamos a practicar	<br />No creo poder ir hoy.<br />Oye, ¿En serio te vas a mudar?<br />Creo que este día va a estar muy malo..<br />¿Has sentido que estos últimos días han sido demasiado fríos?	<br />Mire, está nevando mucho afuera..<br />Es marzo.<br />¿Eso parece lluvia, no?<br />Es nieve.<br />¿Me pregunto si los clubs van a tener práctica hoy?<br /><br /><br />Pagina 04<br />En verdad te agradezco que vengas a la estación de tren.<br />Pero, debes tener mucho cuidado puesto que está demasiado lejos….<br />Estaré esperándote<br />En la estación a las 19:00<br />Yo..<br />El tren estará saliendo a las 15:54 de la estación de gotokuji<br />En la línea de saikyo, el tren saldrá a las 16:26 de shinjuku.<br />No puedo esperar…<br /><br /><br /><br />Pagina 05<br />Takaki-kun realmente esta nevando muy fuerte..<br />Si,<br />Probablemente mañana esa nieve estará amontonada..<br /><br /><br />Pagina 06<br />Quiero echarle un vistazo a los copos de nieve..	<br />¿es difícil?<br />Si por que deben estar bien helados..<br />Es la primera vez que veo la nieve de aquí..<br />Yo también, eso creo..<br />Hablando de eso, creo que jamás había visto caer la nieve..<br />¿No suele nevar mucho en nagano?<br />Creo que eso depende de en que lugar vivas en nagano, por que en dónde yo vivía no caía mucha nieve..<br />Yo vi caer demasiada cuando estábamos de viaje por tohoku<br />Íbamos a lugares abiertos al aire libre, en dónde la nieve caía hasta amontonarse..<br />Recuerdo que abría mi boca para comerme la nieve que caía mientras me mojaba..<br />Y tal cómo lo pensé, la nieve no es muy buena para comerse..<br />…. De hecho acabas de comer un poco..<br /><br /><br />Pagina 07<br />No lo hice.<br />Vi que un copo de nieve caía en tu boca.<br />Mentira,<br />No por que lo hayas visto caer en mi boca significa que me lo haya comido<br />Acabas de comerte uno muy sucio..<br />Ya deja de molestarme.<br />No he escuchado la voz de Akari desde hace ya un año completo.<br />Y finalmente hoy podre escucharla nuevamente.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 08<br />Nada<br /><br /><br />Pagina 09<br />Al salir a las 16:26 rumbo a omiya<br />Creo que toda va a estar bien..<br />¿Qué sucedió con el..<br />…¿Qué sucedió con el  chico de la preparatoria de Tokio?<br />¿El de color canela? No paso nada..<br />¿Qué? Y tanto que hablabas con él—<br />Sólo fuimos a la fiesta de graduación..<br />¿De verdad? Bueno la próxima vez quiero ir contigo.<br />Pronto estaremos en la estación de musashiurawa<br /><br /><br />Pagina 10<br />El tren se retrasará por 4 minutos<br />Para así poder esperar el tren principal.<br />Por favor, todos asegúrense de ir a la plataforma opuesta.<br />Si se dirigen a Omiya y yonohonmachi<br />Querido Takaki-kun<br />Los días fríos aún son más largos, ¿pero me pregunto como sigues tú? <br />Ha nevado por acá varias veces<br />Cada vez que cae la nieve uso ropa abrigada para salir.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 11<br />Llegamos a omiya<br />Omiya es el destino final de este recorrido.<br />Lo siento<br /><br /><br />Pagina 12<br />Atención a los pasajeros.<br />El tren rumbo a Utsunomiya<br />Se ha retrasado por 8 minutos	<br />Por causa de las fuertes nieves<br />Pedimos disculpas por los inconvenientes<br /><br /><br />Pagina 13<br />Nada<br /><br /><br />Pagina 14<br />Este tren se ha retrasado 10 minutos por causa de la nieve<br />Le s pedimos a todos los pasajeros disculpas por todos los inconvenientes<br /><br /><br />Pagina 15<br />Querido Takaki-kun<br />Espero con mucha felicidad el 4 de marzo día de nuestro reencuentro<br /><br /><br />Pagina 16<br />Ha pasado un año desde la última vez que nos vimos.<br />Y de alguna manera me siento un poco nerviosa.<br />La siguiente parada es kuki, kuki<br />Pedimos disculpas por llegar un poco atrasados de lo habitual<br />Los pasajeros que pasaran a la línea tobuiseisaki, por favor  pasen a la salida 5<br /><br /><br />Pagina 17<br />Por causa del retraso del tren conector<br />Este tren se detendrá en la siguiente estación por 10 minutos<br />Pedimos disculpas por los inconvenientes<br />Esperamos nos cooperen-<br /><br /><br />Pagina 18<br />Lo siento<br /><br /><br />Pagina 19<br />Cerca de mi casa<br />Hay un enorme árbol de cerezas<br />Cuando la primavera llegue<br />Los pétalos seguramente caerán 5 centímetros por segundo<br /> Espero..<br /><br /><br /><br />Pagina 20<br />Que puedas venir en la primavera Takaki-kun<br />Nogi<br />Llegamos a nogi<br />Les pedimos disculpas a todos los pasajeros<br />Pero este tren también estará un poco atrasado 10 minutos por causa del tren principal<br /><br /><br />Pagina 21<br />Repetimos<br />Este tren también estará un poco atrasado 10 minutos por causa del tren principal<br /><br /><br />Pagina 22<br />Lo siento<br />Tengo algo que decirte<br /><br /><br />Pagina 23<br />Debo decirte algo<br />No importa lo que pase<br />Pedimos disculpas por la espera<br />El tren finalmente partirá rumbo a Utsunomiya<br /><br /><br /><br />Pagina 24<br />Llegamos a oyama<br />Atención a todos los pasajeros<br />Por causa de la nieve<br /><br /><br />Pagina 25<br />Los trenes en la línea rumbo a ryomo se retrasaran de su horario habitual<br />Pedimos disculpas por los inconvenientes<br />Pedimos que esperen con paciencia hasta que el tren llegue<br /><br /><br />Pagina 26<br />Akari me ha estado esperando desde las 19:00<br />…en la sala de espera de la estación..<br /><br /><br />Pagina 27<br />Nada<br /><br /><br />Pagina 28<br />Nada<br /><br /><br />Pagina 29<br />Querida Akari<br />Cómo ya te lo habrás imaginado, no soy muy bueno expresándome con palabras<br />Por eso he escrito en está carta<br />Lo que deseo decirte<br /><br /><br />Pagina 30<br />El tren está llegando en la línea 3<br /><br /><br />Pagina 31 <br />Nada<br /><br /><br />Pagina 32<br />Atención a todos los pasajeros<br />Por causa de que la nieve ha bloqueado todas las vías, este tren estará detenido temporalmente<br />En estos momentos somos incapaces de seguir con el servicio normalmente<br /><br /><br />Pagina 33<br />Takaki-kun ¿cómo has pasado?<br />Últimamente he tenido que despertarme temprano para las obligaciones del club, incluso ahora mismo te estoy escribiendo desde el tren<br /><br /><br />Pagina 34<br />Ahora que lo pienso, al deducir sus cartas<br />Imagino que Akari ha estado muy sola<br />Igual que yo<br />Estoy solo<br />El sentido absoluto de este mundo<br /><br /><br />Pagina 35<br />Creía estar bien..<br />Incluso sin tener a Akari a mi lado.<br />Pero <br />Me he equivocado<br />Este soy yo realmente<br /><br /><br />Pagina 36<br />Nada<br /><br /><br />Pagina 37<br />Nada<br /><br /><br />Pagina 38<br />El tren rumbo a takasaki<br />Por la línea ashikaga y Maebashi esta llegando en estos momentos.<br />Por causa de la nieve<br />Este tren estará detenido unos instantes..<br /><br /><br />Pagina 39<br />Nada<br /><br />Pagina 40<br />Nada<br /><br />Pagina 41<br />Nada<br /><br />Pagina 42<br />Akari	<br /><br />Pagina 43<br />Nada<br /><br />Pagina 44<br />Nada<br /><br />Pagina 45<br />Nada<br /><br />Pagina 46<br />Nada	<br /><br />Pagina 47<br />Nada<br />Capitulo 2/fin continua en el 3<br /><br /></summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/dh777/releases/30640</id>
        <title>[Español] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 1 by DH777</title>
        <updated>2011-07-25T20:05:20+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>DH777</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/dh777/releases/30640" />
        <summary type="html">5 centímetros por segundo<br /><strong>Traducción Alma Negra.<br /></strong><br />Sólo uso MasterPiece.<br /><del>Basada en la traducción de cookie_on_fire<br /></del><br /><br />Pagina 1<br />Las primeras anécdotas sobre la distancia entre está pareja.<br />Capitulo 1: Experta en pétalos de cereza<br /><br /><br />Pagina 2<br />Está es shinohara Akrai-san<br />Les pido a todos que la ayuden a ella en cualquier cosa que ella no conozca.<br />Es un placer conocerlos.<br />¿No tienes asiento?<br />Creo que no<br />¿Tienes algún nombre de pila?<br />Cómo shinohara-san<br />Ese no es un nombre de pila.<br />Ari-chan<br />¿Ari?<br /><br /><br />Pagina 3 <br />Toma<br />Esto te servirá.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 4<br />Ohh.. Gracias.<br />Oye, ¿estamos <br />en la misma clase cierto?<br />Si<br />El día estuvo muy duro hoy.<br />Fui transferido aquí el año pasado.<br />Después de mi, tú eres la segunda transferida.<br />Y para varia no hay muchos estudiantes que puedan ser transferidos.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 5<br />Si<br />Esto suele ser muy molesto.<br />Oye, ¿de dónde eres?<br />Vengo de los lares de<br />Shizuoka<br />Ya veo, yo también soy del campo.<br />Vengo de Nagamo.<br />¿de veras?<br />Bueno a mi no me gusta mucho Tokio, creo que caminar por sus calles es un poco peligroso y me pone nervioso.<br />¿Nervioso?<br />Si..<br />¿No te has sentido igual?<br />Bueno, entiendo que tratas de decir.<br />Está biblioteca está muy linda.<br />He encontrado algunos libros de los que solía leer en mi anterior escuela.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 6<br />Oye, ¿hay algún otro lugar interesante por aquí?<br />Digo, aquí en la escuela<br />¿Has encontrado otro lugar bonito desde que te transfirieron?	<br />MMmm<br />Quizás..<br />Hay un lugar que podrías ver.<br />He.<br />Si, hay uno camino a la escuela.<br />Yo podría mostrártelo.<br />Humm  ya veo..<br />¿Te refieres al árbol de cereza?<br /><br /><br />Pagina 7<br />Si.<br />Es un árbol muy grande.<br />La biblioteca es un espacio dónde puedo ir a leer mis libros favoritos.<br />Y este árbol será un lugar otra espacio favorito para frecuentar.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 8<br />Bueno si se trata de eso, hay otro lugar más que deberías ver.<br />¿te gusta?<br />No.<br /><br />Pagina 9<br />Es grandioso.<br />Yo te busco otra vez.<br />Si puedo recordar otro lugar.<br />Me refiero a buenos lugares, <br />En los cuales podamos divertirnos.<br />Yo, ¡también!		<br /><br /><br />Pagina 10<br />Bueno días toono-kun<br />¡Quiero mostrarte algo de camino a casa!<br />Ellos no se van corriendo después de todo.<br />Me pregunto si son mascotas de alguna persona cerca de aquí.	<br />Parece que ese gatito tiene bigotes..<br /><br /><br />Pagina 11<br />¿Toono-kun que piensas hacer con los clubs?<br />Aún no  me he decidido.	<br />Creo que pienso en unirme al club del coro.<br />¿te gusta la música?<br />Si.<br />Creo que no hay otra mejor opción, ¿por que no te unes tú también?	<br />No sé cantar<br />Además no distingo los tonos.<br />No te preocupes por eso, no habrá ninguna competencia.<br />En serio, soy demasiado malo<br />Así que no creo poder.	<br /><br /><br />Pagina 12<br />El sol de la mañana está brillando<br />Por los pasillos de la escuela.<br />Puedes reírte de mi si lo deseas.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 13<br />Shinohara-san, ¿no puedes darle la vuelta a barra?<br />Toono-kun, no te esfuerces demasiado.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 14<br />¿Asma he? Debe de ser algo terrible para ti.<br />En realidad no es nada.<br />No otra vez.<br />Mira	<br />Creo que ya has leído todos los libros que me gustan.<br />Ese libro<br />Es muy interesante.<br />Pero hubo una cosa que no pude entender.<br />¿de verdad?<br />Te lo diré cuando lo termine.	<br /><br /><br />Pagina 15<br />Entonces quieres unirte a este club, toono-kun?<br />Si.<br />En realidad no había nada que yo quería hacer.<br />¿dime que lado quieres?<br />Shogi fue lo único que pude juagar.<br />Bien.<br />Lo que alcance a ver en mis sueños fueron..<br />Mis duras esperanzas.<br />Lo que anhelaba.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 16<br />Ayer termine de leer el libro ‘’jardines en el cielo’’<br />¿Haa?<br />¿tan rápido?<br />Estaba tan interesante que termine por leerlo ayer mismo.	<br />Debiste decírmelo antes.<br />Quería practicarlo  contigo sobre eso en el camino a cas.<br />Vamos a hacerlo.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 17<br />¿Si?<br />No es nada.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 18<br />Ya no puedo seguir corriendo más.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 19<br />Oye, ¿te puedo decir Tanaki-kun?	<br />Claro.<br />Toma.<br />Gracias.<br />He..<br />Es bigotes y mimi.<br />Están algo cansados por este calor.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 20<br />Se rumorea que los gatos suelen estar siempre en los lugares frescos.<br />Mm<br />Entiendo.<br />Takaki-kun<br />¿Qué aspiras ser cuando seas mayor?<br /><br />¿por qué me preguntas eso?<br />Sólo hablábamos de esto en casa.<br />Y yo quiero ser la persona que alimenta a los animales en los zoológicos o algo parecido.<br /> Ya veo.<br />Vivimos en una casa colectiva, y no podemos tener animales.<br />Ya veo,<br />Tengo una idea.<br />Pero hará que te rías.<br />¡¡No lo haré!!<br />Un cosmonauta.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 21<br />Eso  es asombroso.<br />Una noche leí de 4 millones de años sobre historias naturales.<br />¿Eso debería ser sorprendente, cierto?	<br />¿Por que parte de la lectura vas?<br />Por la parte de los  anomanocaris.	<br />El periodo cambriano.<br />¿Qué tal te pareció llucigenia?<br />Me gusto mucho.<br />Es algo como esto.<br />Si, se parece mucho.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 22<br />Takaki-kun, ¿cual te gusta?<br />El opabinia, supongo.<br /><br /><br />Tiene 5 ojos.<br />¿que podría hacer con 5 ojos? Supongo que debo contar esto de acá..<br />Lo cortare por la mitad por las piernas.<br />Bueno días o no<br />Feliz año<br />Feliz año<br />Toma aquí está tu tarjeta de año nuevo.<br />Feliz año nuevo<br />Por favor cuida de mi muy bien este año.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 23<br />Tal parece que este año estaremos en clases distintas..<br />Sabes,<br />Incluso de que nuestras clases estén cerca la una de la otra, siento que voy a llorar.<br />Es muy triste.<br />He pensado en unirme al coro.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 24<br />Este año<br />Me voy a unir al club del coro.<br />Yo estaba pensando en unirme a otro club distinto este año.<br />Y el club de ciencias ha sido <br />Formado este año.<br />Puedes elaborar experimentos y cosas parecidas..<br />¿se ve divertido, no lo crees?<br />Claro.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 26<br />¿Entonces fueron asesinados los neandertales por los homosapiens?<br />No, no eso. Los neandertales no pudieron soportar el calor de las altas temperaturas.<br />Los homosapiens si fueron capaces de hacerle frente a los neandertales expandiendo su territorio.<br />Y de está manera los lugares donde solían vivir los nehardentales se fueron acabando.<br />Y así fueron llegando a la extinción lentamente.<br />¿el ultimo de ellos debió sentirse muy sólo, no lo crees?<br />Todas las especies se van a extinguir de esa forma.<br />Oye, ¿ayer no viniste a la escuela, cierto?<br />No pude, estaba enfermo.<br />Pero ya estoy mejor.<br />Takaki-kun, ¿tú jamás ha faltado una clase cierto?<br />Claro, además no suelo tener asma seguidamente.<br />Suelen pasar por el aire de esta forma<br />Y cualquier tipo de luz que choque con esas partículas se ve obligada a entrar en la difusión..<br />Y es así<br />Que la forma en como se refleja la luz depende del grado de frecuencia.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 27<br />Estoy sorprendida por la manera en cómo todos han venido estudiando el examen de la segundaria.<br />En mi escuela anterior, casi todos estaban asignados a algunas escuelas públicas.<br />Creo que es por que Tokio tiene más escuelas segundaria privadas, estoy pensando en hacer también el examen de admitidos.<br />¿en serio? ¿Cuál es esa escuela?<br />Pues, mis padres me han dicho que la escuela segundaria del oeste es realmente buena.<br />Oeste, ya veo.. Que debo hacer.<br />Estaría estupendo que los dos fuéramos juntos a la misma escuela, pero yo no soy muy buena con las matemáticas.<br />No te preocupes por eso, tu lo lograras..<br />Eso espero.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 28<br />Dicen que son cinco centímetros por segundo<br />¿De qué hablas?<br />La velocidad en la que caen los pétalos del árbol de cereza.<br />Son cinco centímetros por segundo.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 29<br />¿No lo sabias?<br />Lo leí en unos libros.<br />Había otras velocidades también.<br />Cómo por ejemplo:<br />Las gotas de la lluvia son cinco metros por segundos.<br />Las nubes un centímetro por segundo.<br />¿Nubes?<br />¿la velocidad con la cual se mueven en el viento?<br />No, me refiero a la velocidad en la que caen..<br />¿las nubes también se caen?<br />Si, ella también caen.<br />Por que ellas son un montón de gotas abultadas entre si.<br />Y cuando van cayendo lentamente, las gotas se hacen mucho más grandes.<br />Y las gotas de lluvias se convierten en nieve.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 30<br />Oye,<br />No pongas esa cara.<br />Oye,<br />Espérame.<br />Seria muy hermoso.<br />Si nosotros dos pudiéramos ver la caída de los pétalos del árbol de cereza nuevamente el próximo año.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 31<br />Takaki, te llaman.<br />Es Akari-chan<br />¿he?<br />Mi padre ha sido transferido en el trabajo<br />Nos mudaremos a Iwafune en tochigi.<br />¿Transferido?<br /><br /><br /><br />Pagina 32<br />Medio oeste..<br />Que dices..<br /><br /><br />Pagina 33<br />¿Qué intentas decirme?<br />Pasaste el examen.<br />Ellos arreglaran la transferencia de los papeleas para la segundaria publica de ahí.<br />Ya veo.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 34<br />Lo siento..<br />Es algo inesperado.<br />Deberías disculparte <br />Akari-chan<br />Yo les dije que quería quedarme en casa de mi tía en Katsushika y así ir a la escuela desde ese lugar.<br />Se los dije,<br />Pero<br />Ellos<br />Ellos dijeron que<br />Yo debería esperar..<br /><br /><br />Pagina 35<br /> Hasta cuando sea mayor.<br />Yo.<br />¡Ya entendí!<br />Es<br />Está bien.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 36<br />Lo siento<br />Lo siento<br />Espera <br />Espera<br /><br /><br />Pagina 37<br />Buenos días<br />Buenos días<br /><br /><br />Pagina 38<br />Supongo que hoy es la despedida.<br />Los nuevos deben dar 5 vueltas más.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 39<br />Los que terminen rápido deben prepararse.<br />He..<br />Nadie me había advertido que  el equipo de la escuela del oeste tenía un equipo tan rudo.<br />Esto es muy rudo.<br />Debe ser súper bien ser yoshino, los estudiantes aquí lo tratán como si fuera estudiante de segundo año.<br />Bueno, después de todo era más que obvio que los estudiantes nuevos iban a ser tratados diferentes.<br />Toono, tú ya has estado en un campeonato de futbol, ¿cierto?<br />¿he? Jamás.<br />¿de veras?<br />Luces como si lo has estado.<br />En realidad no, además solo me uní a este equipo para volverme un poco más fuerte físicamente.<br />¿Qué clase de excusa es esa?<br />¿Vieron anoche al chico electromagnético?<br />No	<br />Estaba preparándome para un examen.<br />¿En serio?<br />No me hagas recordar esas cosas desagradables.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 40<br />Querido toono Takaki<br />Me disculpo por no haberte escrito antes<br />Te escribo para preguntar, ¿cómo has estado?<br />El verano que pasa aquí es muy caliente<br />Pero comparado con el de Tokio es muy suave.<br />Pensándolo bien, me gustaba mejor el verano de Tokio.<br />Aquí todo está caliente.<br />Tal parece que los edificios se fueran <br />A derretir por el calor.<br />La última vez que estuvimos juntos<br />Fue en la graduación, y desde ese entonces ya ha pasado medio año.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 41<br />La última vez que estuvimos juntos<br />Fue en la graduación, y desde ese entonces ya ha pasado medio año.<br />¿aún me recuerdas?<br /><br /><br />Pagina 42<br />Gracias por la carta.<br />Lo siento por tardar mucho en contestarte.<br />Pero en este tiempo.<br />He estado leyendo tus cartas una y otra vez.<br /><br />Pagina 43<br />Querido Takaki-kun<br />Gracias por contestarme, eso me hace feliz.<br />Querido Takaki<br />El otoño ya esta, ¿cierto? <br />Las hojas de aquí son demasiado hermosas, ayer me puse un suéter por primera vez en todo el año, el suéter que uso es de color crema y es muy cálido, además lo llevo puesto sobre mi uniforme.<br />Es mi suéter favorito.<br />Me pregunto cómo lucirás con tu uniforme escolar..<br />Imagino que luces muy guapo.<br />Por otro lado me he estado levantando muy temprano para las obligaciones del club.<br />Incluso te escribo está carta desde un tren.<br />Por otro lado me he estado levantando muy temprano para las obligaciones del club.<br />Incluso te escribo está carta desde un tren.<br />Ya veo.<br />Toono-kun<br />¿Que es esa manera de mirar a una chica?<br />No, no es nada.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 44<br />Me corte el cabello hace poco.<br />Ahora si podrás ver mis orejas ya que tengo el cabello cortó.<br />Si nos volvemos a ver, probablemente no me reconocerás.<br />De seguro tú también has cambiado demasiado.<br />Y de seguro seguirás cambiando mucho.<br />Poco a poco.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 45<br />Bigotes.<br />Mimi.<br />¿ha pasado mucho tiempo, no lo creen?<br />¿Qué es esto? ¿tienes un collar en tu cuello?<br />…Akari pregunto por ustedes dos en una de las cartas que me envió..<br />Ella pregunto como ha estado ustedes..<br />Y lamento decirlo, pero los había olvidado.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 46<br />Oigan..<br />¿Alguien de ustedes ha estado en tochigi?<br />No.<br />¿Cómo puedo llegar ahí?<br />Ni idea, creo que por tren.<br />Está demasiado lejos.<br />Kagoshima está demasiado lejos, ¿cierto?<br />¿no lo has escuchado?<br />Toono quiere ser transferido a Kagoshima.<br />¿qué?<br />¿pero por qué?<br />Novatos<br />Allí vamos.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 47<br />Cuando escuche que serias transferida de escuela.<br />Me sorprendí.<br />Ambos ya estamos acostumbrados a ser transferidos de escuela, pero Kagoshima <br />Creo que ésta demasiado lejos..<br />Esta vez ya no estas demasiado cerca cómo para tomar un tren y visitarte frecuentemente.<br />Eso me hace sentir <br />Demasiado sola.<br />Shinohara Akari-sama.<br />Ya sé cómo llegar a Iwafune desde shinjuku, sólo debo cambiar de tren dos veces.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 48<br />Antes de mudarme tan lejos.<br />Quisiera que nos volvamos a encontrar.<br />Nos vemos en marzo 4<br />Si me doy prisa en las obligaciones del club y me graduó, estaré allí como a las 7<br />Y así podre regresar a casa en la ultima salida del tren, dos horas después de nuestro encuentro.<br />Ya deseo verte.<br /><br /><br />Pagina 49<br />He estado dos semanas escribiendo cartas para Akari-sama<br />Y  probablemente he llegado a escribirle<br />Lo que pueden ser cartas de amor.<br />Fin/continua en el 2<br /><br /><br /></summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/30623</id>
        <title>[English] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 10 by cookie_on_fire</title>
        <updated>2011-07-25T05:56:26+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>cookie_on_fire</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/30623" />
        <summary type="html">Reserved for Manga:Code. Do not use without my permission.<br /><br />Wow, easiest chapter ever.<br /><br />Page 1<br />Chapter 10: One More Time, One More Chance<br /><br />Page 2<br />Touno: Hello?<br />Touno: No,<br />       I'm not.<br />Touno: Yes.<br /><br />Page 3<br />Somehow,<br />It feels like it's been a while since I talked with anyone.<br /><br />Page 4<br />This feels so lonely.<br />But,<br />This is how I really am.<br />Without opening up to people,<br />In order to distract myself from this loneliness, I have been craving kindness.<br />And then,<br />I lost it all.<br /><br />Page 5<br />I should accept this kind of me.<br />So that from now on,<br />I can seriously face someone.<br /><br />Page 6<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 7<br />This is not a miracle.<br /><br />Page 8<br />Touno(thought): Both of us ride the same line to go to work or go home.<br />Touno(thought): It was also here that we first met each other.<br />Touno(thought): But---<br />Speaker: The train to Hachiouji has arrived.<br /><br />Page 9<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 10<br />The doors will be closing on the 12th lane.<br />Those on the 13th lane, please get off the train.<br />The train to Chiba has arrived.<br /><br />Page 11<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 12<br />Not as a promise.<br /><br />Page 13<br />If someday,<br /><br />Page 14<br />TN: It's a rejection letter from a job he applied for.<br />Touno: Sigh...<br />Touno: Hello?<br />Touno: Hey,<br />       It's bee a while.<br />Touno: Kotani's address? I don't know.<br />       I didn't even know he moved.<br /><br />Page 15<br />Touno: Yeah.<br />Touno: What, you're going on a trip?<br />Touno: Haha,<br />       Yeah.<br />Touno: Why don't you try asking Fujisawa or Takeuchi?<br />Touno: Ah, no.<br />       It's fine, I'm not working right now.<br />Touno: Yeah.<br />Touno: I quit.<br />Touno: I'm looking for jobs right now.<br />Touno: No,<br />Touno: It's no good.<br />Touno: I guess.<br />       I think so too, but...<br />Touno: There's something that I want to do.<br /><br />Page 16<br />Alright...<br />Touno-kun, would you like to go to lunch?<br /><br />Page 17<br />Touno: Ah,<br />       Yes.<br />Man: It seems warm out, so we probably don't need our jackets.<br />Man: I feel like having soba today.<br />Touno: That sounds good.<br /><br />Page 18<br />I got it.<br />I can't help it, it's part of work.<br />Text me before you go back.<br />Sakura?<br />Hmm...<br />It'll probably rain the day after tomorrow, so they may stay until next week...<br />I'll be going shopping anyway, so I'll send the photos later.<br />I wish that we can see some of the pretty sakura from back then again.<br /><br />Page 19<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 20<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 21<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 22<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 23<br />Takaki-kun,<br />You'll be just fine from now on.<br />I'm sure of it!<br /><br />Page 24<br />What about you?<br />Akari?<br /><br />Page 25<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 26<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 27<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 28<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 29<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 30<br />Nothing</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/30622</id>
        <title>[English] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 9 by cookie_on_fire</title>
        <updated>2011-07-25T01:20:07+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>cookie_on_fire</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/30622" />
        <summary type="html">Reserved for Manga:Code. Do not use without my permission.<br /><br />Page 1<br />Chapter 9: End Theme_3<br /><br />Page 2<br />...Hello.<br />It's fine.<br />I'm home now.<br />I took the day off...<br />Yeah.<br />I have something to give to you...<br /><br />Page 3<br />Risa: I was...<br />Risa: Thinking of sending my stuff back.<br />Risa: But I thought I'd take them myself.<br />Touno: Risa...<br /><br />Page 4<br />Risa: Stop it with the apologies.<br />Touno: ...<br />Risa: Besides &quot;sorry&quot;,<br />Risa: What are you going to<br />      Say?<br />Touno: When I was a kid,<br />       There was a person whom I really liked.<br />Touno: We were separated,<br />Touno: Even so, I believed that my feelings will carry on.<br />       But in the end, letters couldn't fill the distance between us.<br /><br />Page 5<br />Touno: What I really wanted to tell her,<br />Touno: I couldn't say even a word.<br />Touno: And the letter that I wanted to give to her...<br />Risa: ...What that person,<br />Risa: In Iwafune?<br />Touno: ...<br />Touno: Although I don't think she lives there anymore.<br />Touno: ...It was a memory that I didn't want to share with anyone.<br />Touno: But,<br />       By doing so, I retreated into my own shell.<br />Touno: And I have hurt so many people.<br /><br />Page 6<br />Touno: That's why...<br />Touno: When I left Iwafune...<br />Touno: When we separated,<br />Touno: I thought that I needed to be strong.<br />Touno: So that I can protect her,<br />Touno: And that I won't lose my feelings for her.<br />Touno: For me, that became...<br />       The purpose of my life.<br />Touno: Although in reality, that pure wish did not last. <br /><br />Page 7<br />Touno: With the strong sense of regret,<br />Touno: I wanted to go faster,<br />Touno: And straight ahead.<br />Touno: This is not where I belong,<br />       And I don't accept this kind of me.<br />Touno: This sense of urgency is all that is left.<br />Touno: Like this, I betrayed...<br />Touno: Both her, and the me,<br />       From that time.<br /><br />Page 8<br />Risa: ...When was this?<br />Risa: The time that you went to Iwafune?<br />Touno: ...First year middle school.<br />Risa: ...<br />Risa: I see that you tried so hard to love at age 13.<br />Risa: Thank you for telling me everything...<br />Risa: What's important is that you're a good person.<br />Risa: Your memories,<br />      And regrets,<br />Risa: Can both be healed eventually.<br /><br />Page 9<br />Risa: People who are chained to the past,<br />Risa: Even if they are nice,<br />Risa: Have have a strong sense of responsibility,<br />Risa: Are actually quite weak.<br />Risa: I wonder if running away from things that didn't go well, <br />      Has made you the way you are now.<br />Risa: But in the end,<br />Risa: The Takaki-kun right now is who I came to like.<br />Risa: I don't know what happened in the past,<br />Risa: But your regrets have become part of who you are.<br /><br />Page 10<br />Risa: I loved the Takaki-kun as a result of that.<br />Risa: That's why,<br />      I would like you to forgive yourself for not keeping the promise.<br />Risa: But I guess it's not in my place to say that...<br />Risa: I already know.<br /><br />Page 11<br />Risa: The fact that you told me all this,<br />      And the fact that I'm no longer angry,<br />Risa: Means it's over between us, right?<br />Risa: Even if I can wish for happiness,<br />Risa: I can't make you happy.<br /><br />Page 12<br />Risa: Today is the end.<br />Risa: But,<br />Risa: If someday,<br />      We meet again,<br />Risa: When we are both completely different,<br />Risa: I hope we can start something new again.<br />Risa: Not as a promise,<br />Risa: But as a wish.<br />Risa: Would that be ok?<br /><br />Page 13<br />Touno: Yeah...<br />Touno: That would be good.<br />Touno: Risa.<br />Risa: Hm?<br /><br />Page 14<br />...Thank you.<br /><br />Page 15<br />Yesterday,<br />I had a dream.<br /><br />Page 16<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 17<br />Mom: You should at least stay until New Year's...<br />Akari: I have lots of preparations to do.<br />       And besides, we'll see each other again next month.<br />Mom: Next time we meet would be at your wedding...<br />     You can't come until then?<br />Akari: I'll be back if I have time.<br />Akari: Ok?<br />Dad: Say hi to Yuuichi-kun for me.<br />Akari: I will.<br />Akari: Mom, dad, take care of yourselves.<br /><br />Page 18<br />I had a dream yesterday.<br />You must have been lonely.<br />Did you think that I went home already?<br />I wonder if he wanted me to go back...<br />Since he's so nice.<br /><br />Page 19<br />Akari(thought): But I waited for so long.<br />Akari(thought): I believed that you would come.<br />Akari(thought): I really...<br />SFX: *Vibrate*<br />SFX: *Vibrate*<br />SFX: *Vibrate*<br /><br />Page 20<br />Do you have me,<br />In your memories?<br />At least,<br />At least,<br />Enough for me to wish for your happiness.<br /><br />Page 21<br />Man: Hey, you're leaving soon,<br />     And it won't be a big party or anything like that, so it's fine, right?<br />Man: Me, Kudou, Shimazaki, and uh...people over there.<br />     It'll be about that size.<br />Touno: I'm really sorry that you went through the trouble,<br />Touno: But like always, I would like to work.<br />Touno: I can't go unless I finish, and I can't let everyone wait...<br />Man: You're just assisting, so it should be fine-<br />Touno: I will be free for a whlie after this,<br />       So please ask me again then.<br /><br />Page 22<br />Man: Touno.<br />Man: ...I caused you a lot of trouble.<br />Touno: ...It's nothing, sir.<br />Man: ...<br /><br />Page 23<br />Box: How are you?<br />Box: It's snowing so hard today.<br />     We didn't foresee this when we made the promise, huh.<br />Box: It seems like the trains are delayed as well.<br /><br />Page 24<br />Box: That's why,<br />     I'm writing this while waiting for you, Takaki-kun.<br />Box: ...I have to be able to stand on my own as well from now on.<br /><br />Page 25<br />Box: I have no choice but to do so.<br />Box: Both me and you.<br />Box: Isn't that right?<br />Touno(thought): It's so pretty...<br /><br />Page 26<br />Touno(thought): I wonder how long it has been,<br />Touno(thought): Since the last time I thought something was pretty?<br />Touno(thought): I listened to it once,<br />Touno(thought): And wasn't able to listen to it again.<br />Touno(thought): Nor could I delete it.<br />Akari: ...Takaki-kun,<br />       There's more than 30 minutes before the next train.<br />Akari: What should we do...<br /><br />Page 27<br />Akari: I'm sorry.<br />Akari: For making you come.<br />Screen: Message deleted.<br /><br />Page 28<br />Just how much,<br />Of the beautiful things,<br />Or the happy feelings,<br />That are abundant under the sky,<br />Did I see all this time?<br /><br />Page 29<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 30<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 31<br />I really like you, Takaki-kun.<br />Ever since I first met you, you have been strong and kind.<br />You have always looked out for me.<br /><br />Page 32<br />No matter where, or how far away you go,<br />I will always,<br />Like you, Takaki-kun.<br />Please, please,<br />Just remember that.<br /><br />Page 33<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 34<br />Nothing</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/30565</id>
        <title>[English] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 8 by cookie_on_fire</title>
        <updated>2011-07-20T08:58:12+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>cookie_on_fire</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/30565" />
        <summary type="html">Reserved for Manga:Code. Do not use without my permission.<br /><br />Page 1<br />Chapter 8: End Theme_2<br /><br />Page 2<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 3<br />Risa: Takaki-kun...<br />Risa: Um...<br />Risa: I'm s-<br />Touno: Don't apologize.<br />Touno: I was using being busy as a reason to not respond.<br />Touno: Call or text,<br />       I can do those if I wanted to.<br />Touno: Even though it'll be hard, meeting up isn't impossible.<br />Touno: I think I was being unfair.<br />Touno: I...<br />Touno: Thought that I could still fix things.<br /><br />Page 4<br />Touno: That's why we're going to a place that I want to take you to the least.<br />Touno: ...Tochigi's...<br />TN: It's the name of a prefecture.<br />Touno: Iwafune.<br />Risa: Hey...<br />Risa: Are you angry?<br />Risa: That I tried to rush things.<br /><br />Page 5<br />Girl: Gyahahaha!<br />Girl: What is this? It's so funny!<br />Girl: So gross.<br />Girl: I know right-?<br />SFX: *Vibrate*<br />SFX: *Vibrate*<br />Screen: I thought it would be hard to say it out.<br /><br />Page 6<br />I'm not angry.<br />I was just not in the proper state of mind.<br />The job at SE is what I wanted to do, and I liked it.<br />Even if I get no holidays, and I have to work overtime everyday,<br />As long as I keep thinking like that, I didn't think I would want to quit.<br />Risa, you have complained about this many times,<br />At how I handle the situation,<br />After I took charge of this project that gives no sense of accomplishment.<br />Going against the leader,<br />And taking on all the workload by myself.<br />From there,<br />Gradually,<br />My heart,<br />I can't really describe it,<br />But almost as if it has lost its flexibility.<br /><br />Page 7<br />Like the sense of fulfillment,<br />The ability to be moved by things I see,<br />Or desire.<br />It feels as if those are being scrapped off.<br />I don't even know when I have lost all of my love for my job.<br />I think that I'm now at a dead-end.<br />I try to move on forward,<br />But even with understanding, I still feel like I've lost.<br />It feels like I'm running away again.<br />Sorry,<br />I can't describe it well.<br /><br />Page 8<br />Screen: I have never really told other people of my feelings before.<br />Text: Is that because I can't trust anyone?<br />Text: Without letting people know my true feelings,<br />Text: Saying only nice things, even if it hurts myself, give me an empty feeling.<br />Text: What's more,<br />Text: I wanted to say &quot;stop calling me&quot; because it bothered me.<br />Text: Even though it's fine if you get angry at me,<br />Text: And there's no reason I should suppress my feelings.<br />Text: Then, let me tell you what I'm thinking.<br />Text: Sometimes I'm scared of how much you're pushing me.<br />Text: It was really scary how you went all the way to my work.<br /><br />Page 9<br />Risa: I'm really sorry,<br />Risa: For doing that.<br />Text: I'm also bad at expressing myself.<br />Text: The feelings inside me build up,<br />Text: And I thought that I wasn't trying hard enough to understand you, Takaki-kun.<br />Touno: ...<br />Text: I'm the one at fault here.<br />Text: &quot;I don't know what you're thinking.&quot;<br />Text: &quot;Don't be so nice to me.&quot;<br />Text: Is what people kept on telling me.<br /><br />Page 10<br />Text: Those people you dated with?<br />Touno: ...<br />Text: Even when they say that, I can't counter with anything because I'm self-conscious.<br />Text: Probably ever since I lived in Tanegashima,<br />Text: While living with the flow,<br />Text: Always thinking that who I was,<br />Text: Wasn't the real me.<br />Text: The superficial me would like different people,<br />Text: And would try to treat them well.<br /><br />Page 11<br />Text: I would devote myself to work,<br />Text: And try to live a nice life.<br />Text: It always felt like the real me always looked on from outside.<br />Text: Monitoring to see if I'm making progress.<br />Text: And accusing me when I turn away from important things.<br />Risa: ...?<br />Risa: I'm sorry,<br />Risa: But what do you mean?<br />Box: When I was told to meet the parents, and I thought about marrying the girlfriend,<br />Box: An opposition, never before so strong, within me sprung up.<br /><br />Page 12<br />Box: I blamed it on the timing of everything,<br />Box: But that's not it.<br />Box: It's not that the girlfriend is the problem.<br />Text: &quot;Someday in the future,&quot;<br />Text: &quot;If by some chance that I see you again,&quot;<br />Text: &quot;I want to be someone, <br />Text: &quot;Who won't be embarrassed to be seen by you...&quot;<br />Speaker: Thank you for riding with us.<br />Speaker: Next stop-<br />Speaker: Koyama-<br />Speaker: Koyama-<br /><br />Page 13<br />Touno: When I was young,<br />Touno: I ran through here all by myself.<br />Touno: At the time, I transferred at Oomiya.<br />Risa: Ok...<br />Touno: Even though it was March, the heavy snows delayed the trains...<br />Touno: ...<br /><br />Page 14<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 15<br />Risa: Takaki-kun?<br />Risa: ...Um,<br />Risa: Which train are we taking?<br />Touno: ...<br /><br />Page 16<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 17<br />...That's right.<br />Not being able to face them because I quit my job...<br />Is only part of the reason.<br />Obssessing over making progress...<br />And being able to like other people,<br />I have failed in both.<br /><br />Page 18<br />Touno: I used to have some sincere feelings.<br />Touno: Sincere...<br />Touno: And serious.<br />Touno: Because I have lost those feelings,<br />Touno: I never did<br />       Forgive myself.<br />Touno: And without forgiving, I pretended to not notice,<br />Touno: While living through the days...<br /><br />Page 19<br />Risa: What was it?<br />Risa: Those sincere feelings of yours?<br />Touno: I would see her again.<br />Touno: Or that she is waiting for me.<br />Touno: I didn't think those would be true.<br />Touno: But...<br />Touno: Even so,<br />Touno: To think that I would give my future to someone else...!<br /><br />Page 20<br />Touno: That I would...<br />Touno: Come here with someone else.<br />Speaker: Next is Iwafune.<br />Speaker: We will soon arrive at Iwafune-<br /><br />Page 21<br />Speaker: Please exit from the right side.<br />Risa: Takaki-kun...<br />Risa: Let's go.<br />Risa: I don't know what you are talking about,<br />Risa: But I won't ask for all the details.<br /><br />Page 22<br />But there is something that covers up your heart.<br />If it can be found here,<br />I don't want it to be the end between us.<br /><br />Page 23<br />The door is closing.<br />Please be careful.<br /><br />Page 24<br />Risa: ...Takaki-kun.<br />Text: &quot;Takaki-kun!&quot;<br /><br />Page 25<br />Takaki-kun.<br /><br />Page 26<br />I'm sorry...!<br /><br />Page 27<br />I'm sorry...<br /><br />Page 28<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 29<br />SFX: Riiiing<br />SFX: Riiiing<br />Phone: The number you dialed is currently unavailable.<br />Phone: Please leave your name and message after the beep.<br />SFX: *Beeeep*<br />Risa: ...Takaki-kun.<br />Risa: There's more than 30 minutes before the next train.<br />      I don't know what to do...<br />Risa: I'm sorry.<br />Risa: For making you go through this.<br /><br />Page 30<br />Risa: But,<br />Risa: You did something that you never wanted to do,<br />      So you finally accepted me.<br />Risa: I...<br />Risa: Ever since the beginning,<br />Risa: Never did,<br />Risa: At all,<br />Risa: Understand you.<br />Risa: Takaki-kun,<br />Risa: Looking at the scenery here,<br />Risa: I can only think of things like,<br />Risa: It's so quiet here,<br />Risa: Or how it's the middle of nowhere.<br /><br />Page 31<br />Risa: With you quitting the job,<br />Risa: I...<br />Risa: Thought that you may collapse from exhaustion if you kept it up,<br />      So I thought it was a good thing.<br />Risa: I was relieve...<br />Risa: But I didn't think,<br />Risa: I was driving you to the corner so much...<br />Risa: ...<br />Risa: ...<br />Risa: Probably,<br />Risa: You don't have enough of the sincere feelings that you mentioned for me.<br /><br />Page 32<br />Risa: I'm sorry.<br />Risa: When it was like that,<br />Risa: I thought that I always wanted us...<br />      To be together.<br />Risa: I'm sorry...<br /><br />Page 33<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 34<br />What am I doing...!?<br /><br />Page 35<br />Screen: Mizuno Risa<br />Phone: The number you dialed is not available, either because the phone is out of power,<br />Phone: Or it is currently outside of your service area.<br /><br />Page 36<br />Phone:  Mizuno Risa<br />Phone: The number you dialed is not available, either because...<br />Touno: ...!<br />Touno: Huff!<br />Touno: Huff!<br />Touno: Huff!<br /><br />Page 37<br />Huff!<br />Huff!<br />Risa...<br /><br />Page 38<br />Nothing</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/30508</id>
        <title>[English] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 7 by cookie_on_fire</title>
        <updated>2011-07-16T06:52:15+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>cookie_on_fire</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/30508" />
        <summary type="html">Reserved for Manga:Code. Do not use without my permission.<br /><br />Page 1<br />Chapter 7: End Theme_1<br /><br />Page 2<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 3<br />TN: The name of the contact: Mizuno Risa<br /><br />Page 4<br />Touno: ...Sorry, were you asleep?<br />Touno: I see...<br />Touno: Yeah,<br />       I just got back.<br />Touno: No,<br />       I can't get any more days off for a while.<br />Touno: Yeah.<br />Touno: ...But no.<br />Touno: I'll go on Saturday night after all.<br />       I have something to tell you...<br />Touno: I decided to quit my job.<br /><br />Page 5<br />Touno: For the project that I've been working on the whole time...<br />Touno: It will be done within half a year,<br />       So it's fine if I leave.<br />Touno: Besides...<br />Touno: I want to find something worth doing.<br />Risa: ...<br />Risa: I see...<br />Risa: Well,<br />      Seriously though,<br />Risa: If you keep it up, I would have been worried about your health.<br />Risa: I mean to say that I think it's a good thing...<br />Risa: Although it's a weird way of putting it...<br /><br />Page 6<br />Risa: You're done well.<br />Touno: ...Thank you.<br />Touno: ...When was the last time we saw each other again?<br />Risa: 3 months or so ago.<br />      We were still wearing long sleeves.<br />Risa: Takaki-kun, we had dinner, but you had to go back to work after that.<br />Touno: Oh yeah...<br />Touno: ...I think I'll take it easy for a while after I quit.<br />       Let's go somewhere.<br />Risa: Really?<br /><br />Page 7<br />Risa: I'm so happy!<br />Touno: Since we only went on a vacation once.<br />Risa: Hot spring!<br />      That was so fun.<br />Risa: I'm really looking forward to it...<br />Touno: Hey, where should we go?<br />Touno: You can decide, Risa.<br />       Although it's still far in the future.<br /><br />Page 8<br />Man: Oh- It's Touno! You're here-<br />Man: Welcome-<br />Man: It's been a while-<br />     Come this way.<br />Man: There's an emergency situation.<br />Man: Kotani here is in trouble- He's being dumped by his girlfriend, and is about to get fired.<br />Man: Touno-kun, how are you these days?<br />Touno: Hm? About work?<br />Man: No, your love life.<br />     A girlfriend?<br />Touno: I have one.<br />Man: Woah- What kind of girl is she? Do you have a photo?<br />Touno: No, I don't.<br />Man: Touno has always kept quiet about his girlfriends.<br />Touno: I didn't really.<br />Man: You didn't mention the one in college either-<br />Man: And you lied to this one here.<br />Man: That's right! Chii-chan asked Touno-kun if he had a girlfriend, because she liked him.<br />     He said no, but he actually had one.<br />Chii-chan: Having a guy hide the existence of a girl from his friends really makes one curious-<br /><br />Page 9<br />Touno: Even though we're friends...we haven't seen each other for a year now.<br />Man: Haha-<br />Man: How many years have you two being going out?<br />Touno: ...3 years.<br />Man: Wow-<br />     So is it almost time?<br />Man: My girlfriend is older too, so she's getting impatient.<br />Man: Well, it's about time anyway.<br />     Gotta start taking responsibility now-<br />Touno: ...<br />Touno: I haven't thought about it yet.<br />Touno: We're pretty busy these days, so we can't meet a lot.<br />Chii-chan: Even if you're busy, you will make time if you really want to see her-<br />Chii-chan: Don't you even want to try?<br />Touno: Takeuchi.<br />Chii-chan: You're just using that as an excuse!<br />Touno: What's the rush-?<br />Man: Here, drink some water.<br />Chii-chan: Nnn---!<br />Chii-chan: I wanted to tell you what I think about the way you treat women!<br /><br />Page 10<br />Risa: Here.<br />Risa: Hah- it's so hot!<br />Risa: By the way,<br />      In two weeks, my parents are coming.<br />Risa: They're visiting someone who helped them in the past, but currently in the hospital...<br />Risa: And they're going to stay here.<br />Touno: Huh?<br />Touno: In this room?<br />Risa: If we move the table, we could somehow fit two futons.<br />Touno: But there won't be any places to stand.<br />Risa: They won't stay at a hotel,<br />      Since they wanted to see me.<br />Risa: And I haven't gone home at all...<br /><br />Page 11<br />Touno: But you can't help it since you're always so busy.<br />Risa: Hmm...<br />Risa: Yeah.<br />Risa: Besides that, if it's convenient,<br />      How about dinner that day?<br />Risa: I was thinking that maybe you could take them there.<br />Risa: You know, the Italian place near where you li-<br /><br />Page 12<br />Touno: ...So,<br />Touno: You want me to meet them.<br />Risa: Yeah...<br />Touno: I told you I&quot;m quitting my job, didn't I?<br />Touno: I can't meet them like that.<br />Risa: ...<br />Risa: It's not really that big of a problem...<br />Risa: Since they are coming all the way here anyway.<br />Touno: That's just it.<br />Touno: Even if you have no such intentions,<br />       I'm sure that your parents will think otherwise.<br /><br />Page 13<br />Touno: If they're introduced to the boyfriend...<br />       Of the daughter that they haven't seen in a while...<br />Touno: ...<br />Touno: I'm sorry.<br />Touno: Right now,<br />Touno: I can't think about the future.<br /><br />Page 14<br />Touno: Sigh...<br />Text:<br />Mizuno Risa<br />Good morning<br />---------------------------<br />Sorry about yesterday.<br /><br />I want to talk to you, so can I call you at night?<br /><br />Text:<br />Re: Good morning<br />---------------------------<br />Sorry<br />I don't know when I'll get back tonight,<br />So I'll get in touch again when I have time.<br /><br />Page 15<br />Risa: Touno-san.<br />Risa: You must be Touno-san from Samudo system.<br />Touno: ...<br />Touno: Yes...<br />Touno: Um, you are from Yoshimura-san's department?<br />Risa: I'm Mizuno.<br />      I'm glad that you remembered me.<br />Risa: I'm sorry.<br />      When we met before, I was wearing suits...<br />Touno: Touno-san, I recognized you right away.<br />Risa: In everyday clothes, you look like a student.<br />Touno: Mizuno-san, are you also going this way?<br />Risa: Um,<br />      Yes...anywhere is fine.<br />Touno: Anywhere?<br /><br />Page 16<br />Risa: I don't really have any plants.<br />      I have the day off, and the weather is good.<br />Risa: I thought that maybe I'll go shopping.<br />Touno: Same here.<br />Touno: Would you like to have some tea then?<br />Text: That's how I met Mizuno Risa.<br />Text: It has been a while since I talked to anyone just for fun.<br />Text: When we talked,<br />Text: I felt very comfortable.<br />Text: Like that,<br />Text: We had meals together,<br />Text: Went to see movies,<br /><br />Page 17<br />Text: And then slowly,<br />Text: Our relationship went deeper.<br />TV: The H.A Rocket number 9 was launched at 3pm today, from Tanegashima Space Center.<br />TV: Main engine, start.<br />TV: 3, 2, 1, 0.<br />SFX: *Vibrate*<br />SFX: *Vibrate*<br />Text:<br />Mizuno Risa<br />Thank you<br />--------------------------<br />Thank you for today.<br />It was very fun.<br /><br />If it's alright with you,<br />Can we have dinner again?<br /><br />Page 18<br />Box: And then...<br />Box: I started going out with her.<br />Girl: Yeah,<br />Girl: I'm sorry.<br />Girl: I just want someone who would like me back.<br />Girl: I still like you even now, Touno-kun.<br />Girl: But you don't really like me that much, do you?<br />Girl: I already know that,<br />Girl: So being with you...<br />      Really hurts.<br />Box: That's why, if you like me...!<br /><br />Page 19<br />Touno: Why can't you just leave him?<br />Touno: Have you...<br />Touno: Thought about his wife?<br />Risa: Takaki,<br />      I would be sad if I left Fujida-san.<br />Risa: You like,<br />Risa: Immoral acts, don't you?<br />Touno: What the hell!?<br />Box: The whole time...<br /><br />Page 20<br />Kanae: I have liked you, Touno-kun.<br />Touno: Thank you.<br />Touno: Thank you...<br />Touno(thought): I have hurt,<br />Touno(thought): So many people.<br /><br />Page 21<br />Text:<br />I want to go shopping.<br /><br />Are you free on Friday night?<br /><br />Touno(thought): But I thought that I like her.<br />Touno(thought): And that's why,<br />Touno(thought): Even though it was scary, I made the move.<br /><br />Page 22<br />SFX: *Vibrate*<br />SFX: *Vibrate*<br />SFX: *Vibrate*<br />SFX: *Vibrate*<br />Risa: Hi... It's Risa.<br />Risa: Sorry that I called you so many times even though you're busy.<br />Risa: When you get the chance,<br />Risa: Please call me back if you can.<br />Risa: ...Well then, good night.<br /><br />Page 23<br />Risa: Uu...<br />      This is so strong!<br />Touno: That's not true.<br />Risa: It burns so suddenly though.<br />Touno: You get bright red with just one glass of beer.<br />Risa: Phew...<br />Risa: Hey,<br />Risa: Takaki-kun, what did you want to become when you were little?<br />Touno: why that so suddenly?<br />Risa: Because I don't know much about you yet.<br /><br />Page 24<br />Touno: ...<br />       I don't think I wanted to become anything.<br />Risa: Nothing?<br />Touno: I was trying very hard just to get by everyday.<br />Risa: I see...<br />Risa: Ah- maybe I was the same.<br />Touno: You too?<br />Risa: Yeah.<br />      When I was asked about my future in school, I always didn't know how to answer.<br />Risa: That's why when I decided to work for this company, I thought that I wouldn't ever have to think about my future again.<br />Risa: Something like that.<br />Touno: I see...<br />Risa: When I was little though, I wanted to become a lot of things.<br />      Like when I was playing house, I'd have cake or flower shops.<br />Risa: But after I learned that realizing your dream is a very difficult thing...<br />Risa: I was really envious of people who have goals in their lives.<br /><br />Page 25<br />Risa: Takaki-kun, snow!<br />Risa: IT's snowing!<br />Touno: Huh!?<br />Text:<br />Sorry<br />I'll contact you if I find some time<br /><br />Page 26<br />Text:<br />Takaki-kun<br /><br />Text:<br />Takaki-kun<br />Is it over between us?<br /><br />Text: Will you cancel the message?<br /><br />Man: Touno.<br />Touno: Ah.<br />Touno: ...Yes?<br />Man: You're quitting?<br /><br />Page 27<br />Touno: ...Yes.<br />       When I finish this job.<br />Man: ...<br />Contact: Mizuno Risa<br /><br />Page 28<br />Risa: Um...<br />Risa: Sorry.<br />Risa: I'm...<br />      Not sure what to do...<br />Risa: Since...<br />Risa: It's my first time.<br />Risa: I did go out with someone in college,<br />Risa: But we always met with a group of people,<br />      So maybe we didn't actually date...?<br />Risa: He just...<br />      Fancied someone else after a while and gradually disappeared...<br />Risa: That's why,<br />Risa: Um,<br /><br />Page 29<br />So,<br />I don't know,<br />How to properly...<br />Ow!<br /><br />Page 30<br />Touno: Hey mom?<br />Touno: It was my answering machine?<br />Touno: Yeah, sorry, I can't really pick up because I'm busy.<br />Touno: Ok.<br />       Class reunion?<br />Touno: Ah...<br />Touno: Decline it for me, will you?<br />Touno: I don't have the time to go to Tanegashima.<br />Touno: Yean.<br />Touno: ...Ah.<br />Touno: And there's something I need to tell you.<br />Touno: I decided to quit my job.<br /><br />Page 31<br />Touno: ...I haven't decided yet.<br />Touno: There's still work to be done so I'll decide in about 2 to 3 months.<br />Mom: Why are you quitting!?<br />Mom: It's not like you can find another job right away with the economy in this condition.<br />Mom: And Takaki, you have never given up on anything before.<br />Mom: Can't you hang in there for a bit more?<br /><br />Page 32<br />Touno: ...Risa.<br />Risa: Takaki-kun.<br />Risa: So you're working on Sunday too.<br />Touno: ...What are you doing?<br /><br />Page 33<br />Risa: ...<br />Risa: I'm sorry.<br />Risa: I know that you don't want me to bother you here.<br />Risa: But,<br />Risa: At this rate,<br />Risa: I won't be able to talk to you at all before it all ends.<br />Risa: What could have gone wrong?<br />Risa: And is it no good now?<br />Risa: I keep on thinking,<br />Risa: We...<br />      Already dated for 3 years,<br /><br />Page 34<br />But I don't know how you feel at all, Takaki-kun.<br />Please,<br />Show me.<br /><br />Page 35<br />The side of you that was hidden from me.<br />What you don't want to show me the most,<br />Please let me see it...<br /><br />Page 36<br />Nothing</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/30465</id>
        <title>[English] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 6 by cookie_on_fire</title>
        <updated>2011-07-13T05:37:57+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>cookie_on_fire</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/30465" />
        <summary type="html">Reserved for Manga:Code. Do not use without my permission.<br /><br />Page 1<br />Chapter 6: To Become Your Number One...<br /><br />Page 2<br />The typhoon is moving toward east-northeast at approximately 25 kilometers per hour.<br />The pressure at the center is 998 hPa, and the highest wind speed around that area is 18 meters per second.<br /><br />Page 3<br />Kanae(thought): Ever since that day,<br />Kanae(thought): There has been many typhoons going through this area.<br />Kanae(thought): Every time that happened, little by little,<br />Kanae(thought): This island became cooler.<br />Kanae: Hey, onee-chan,<br />Sister: Hm?<br />Kanae: It's about my future-<br /><br />Page 4<br />Kanae: I still don't know what I want to do.<br />Sister: Yeah.<br />Kanae: But I decided on something.<br />Kanae: One by one,<br />Kanae: I'll start with the things that I CAN do.<br />Kanae: I'll be going now!<br />Kanae(thought): &quot;It's the same with everyone.&quot;<br /><br />Page 5<br />&quot;I'm just doing what I can.&quot;<br />Ah-<br />Even the water became a bit colder.<br />Faintly,<br />While thinking about things like that,<br />It happened without warning.<br /><br />Page 6<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 7<br />---!<br /><br />Page 8<br />Girl: ...Hey.<br />Girl: Kanae!<br />Kanae: Fweh?<br />Girl: Don't space out as you're eating, it looks really bad-<br />Girl: There's one,<br />      On your mouth.<br />Kanae: Ahah.<br />Kanae: Sorry, what were you saying?<br />Girl: About how Fukumaru confessed to Sasaki-san.<br />Girl: Wow, that's how many people already?<br />Girl: Well, she already has someone she likes, so she turned him down right?<br />Girl: We're keeping it a secret, so we can't say it-<br />Girl: But for someone who's going out with her cram school teacher...<br />Girl: Kanae!<br />Kanae: Uwah!<br />Girl: Why have you been smiling like that since this morning? It's creepy.<br />Girl: Did something happen with Touno-kun?<br /><br />Page 9<br />Girl: Mmph!<br />Girl: No way!<br />Kanae(thought): I can't let it stay a one-sided love forever!<br />Girl: It's so rare to see you in the library, Sumida-san--<br />Kanae: Haha--- Once in a while---<br />Kanae(thought): It's not strange to stay here for a long time.<br />Kanae(thought): Phew...<br /><br />Page 10<br />Kanae(thought): Touno-kun...<br />Kanae(thought): I have to confess to him, now that I rode the wave.<br />Kanae(thought): I'm sure that I won't be able to say it either in the future.<br />Kanae: ...<br />Kanae(thought): I'm no beauty.<br />Kanae(thought): My skin is really dark because of the sun tan, and my hair is damaged as well.<br />Kanae(thought): My chest and body won't grow either...<br />Kanae(thought): Yukko said that to describe me in one word, I would be &quot;seedy&quot;...<br /><br />Page 11<br />Kanae(thought): Then there's the bad grades, the inability to keep calm, or the lack of some centimeters.<br />Kanae(thought): I have a prayer, even though it seems hopeless.<br />Kanae(thought): But, I wish for one thing,<br />Kanae(thought): Whether it be my teeth, the shape of my nails, or anything,<br />Kanae(thought): Something that he would like about me.<br />Kanae(thought): I like you.<br />Kanae(thought): Do you like me?<br />Kanae(thought): I like you.<br />Kanae(thought): O-<br />		Oooh!<br />Kanae(thought): Wa-wa-wa-<br />		Wah!<br /><br />Page 12<br />Kanae: Nn!<br />Kanae: Sigh...<br />Touno: Sumida.<br />Kanae: !!<br />Kanae: To...<br />       Touno-kun.<br />Touno: Are you going back now?<br />Kanae: Yeah...<br />Touno: Alright,<br />       Let's go together then.<br />Kanae: Ok...<br /><br />Page 13<br />Touno: Wow,<br />       Already made your choice today?<br />Kanae: Yeah...<br /><br />Page 14<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 15<br />!<br /><br />Page 16<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 17<br />Touno: ...What's wrong?<br />Kanae(thought): &quot;Don't,&quot;<br />Kanae(thought): &quot;Say anything.&quot;<br /><br />Page 18<br />Sorry...<br />It's nothing.<br /><br />Page 19<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 20<br />Touno: Is something wrong?<br />Kanae: Yeah...<br />       It's acting strange...<br />Touno: Maybe the connector that's broken.<br />       Is this a hand-me-down?<br />Kanae: Yeah.<br />       It was my sister's.<br />Touno: Did it pause when you were speeding up?<br />Kanae: Maybe it did...<br />       And recent...sometimes I can't start up the engine.<br />Touno: Seems like it won't work.<br />Touno: Just leave it here for today,<br />       And have someone come get it later.<br />Touno: Let's walk back.<br />Kanae: Huh...? I'll walk by myself!<br />       Touno-kun, you should go back.<br /><br />Page 21<br />Touno: It's not too far from here,<br />Touno: And besides...<br />Touno: I want to walk.<br />Kanae(thought): Was it,<br />Kanae(thought): A misunderstanding, I wonder?<br />Kanae(thought): ...It can't be a misunderstanding.<br />Kanae(thought): This is reality.<br /><br />Page 22<br />Touno-kun,<br />Why aren't you saying anything?<br />Why did you say that,<br />You wanted to go home together?<br />Touno-kun,<br />What are you thinking about?<br />Why are you so nice to me?<br />Touno-kun,<br /><br />Page 23<br />Touno-kun,<br />Why?<br /><br />Page 24<br />Touno: ...<br />Kanae: Fu...!<br />Kanae: ...!<br />Touno: Sumida!<br />Kanae: No...<br />Touno: What's wrong?<br />Kanae: Ah...<br />       No.<br />Kanae: Sorry.<br />Kanae: It's nothing.<br /><br />Page 25<br />Kanae(thought): That's not it,<br />Kanae(thought): Touno-kun.<br />Kanae: Hii...!<br />Kanae(thought): I beg you,<br />Kanae: ...!<br />Kanae(thought): I beg you,<br />Touno: Sumida...<br />Kanae(thought): Please,<br />Kanae: ---Be...<br />Kanae(thought): Don't be,<br />Kanae(thought): Nice to me anymore.<br />Kanae: ---To me anymore!<br /><br />Page 26<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 27<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 28<br />Desperately,<br />Going toward the dark void far, far away,<br />The rocket is going somewhere unimaginably far.<br /><br />Page 29<br />And the dull-headed rocket,<br />That desperately tries to chase after it.<br />Truthfully,<br />I knew it a long time ago.<br />But I pretended to not notice.<br />I felt that if I manage to ride the wave,<br />Everything will change.<br /><br />Page 30<br />Touno-kun is really nice.<br />Just like this,<br />He'll willing to walk in the same pace,<br />Right beside me,<br /><br />Page 31<br />Kanae(thought): But he's not looking at me.<br />Kanae: Kabu- I'm back-<br />Kanae: Touno-kun,<br />Kanae: Sorry that I made you walk.<br />Touno: It's nothing.<br />Touno: I hope Kabu gets well soon.<br />Kanae: Yeah...<br />Kanae: Thank you.<br />Touno: See you tomorrow.<br /><br />Page 32<br />Touno-kun is always looking ahead,<br />At something really far away.<br />I'm sure that...<br />He will never look at me.<br /><br />Page 33<br />Kanae: Ahahahahaha!<br />Mom: Kanae! When are you going to watch the TV until!?<br />Kanae: Ahahaha! But this is...!<br />Mom: Hurry up and go to bed!<br />Mom: Seriously...acting like that when you should be worried about the future.<br />Kanae: Hehe...<br />       Ehe-<br />Kanae: Kabu-<br />Kanae: Be quiet inside.<br />Kanae: Let's sleep together today.<br />Kanae: It's nice to be inside once in a while, huh.<br />Kanae: ...<br />Kanae: Sigh...<br /><br />Page 34<br />Kanae: What time should I get up?<br />Kanae: I don't have to...<br />       Practice in the morning anymore.<br />Kanae: In the morning, Touno-kun will...<br />Kanae: But it's no good anymore.<br />Kanae: Oh yeah...<br />Kanae: I can't just...<br />Kanae: See him in the morning,<br />Kanae: Or come home together anymore.<br />Kanae: And when I see him in the hallways,<br />Kanae: I have to make sure to act normal.<br />Kanae: I'm sure that Touno-kun,<br />       Will act like nothing happened.<br />Kanae: Because he is so nice...<br /><br />Page 35<br />I...<br />...!<br />Aah...<br />Hey, Kabu.<br />It's over.<br />It's over.<br />It's over.<br />It's all over...<br /><br />Page 36<br />But as for me,<br />Tomorrow, the day after, and the day after that,<br />I will continue to like Touno-kun.<br />As I thought, I can't stop myself,<br />From liking Touno-kun.<br /><br />Page 37<br />I will always like Touno-kun.<br />Always.<br /><br />Page 38<br />Nothing.</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/30134</id>
        <title>[Bahasa] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 5 by Gwilthyunman</title>
        <updated>2011-06-20T13:40:03+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>Gwilthyunman</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/30134" />
        <summary type="html"><div class="important">Reserved for Manga:Code Scanlation</div><div class="important">ENG TL: cookie_on_fire<br />Proofreader: Panda-san</div><br />===Hal 199===<br /><strong>Chapter 5 - Astronot</strong><br /><br />===Hal 200===<br />Kanae: UWAH!<br /><br />Touno: Hah?<br />Touno: Sumida.<br />Kanae: Ah...<br />Kanae: Touno-kun.<br />Kanae: Kau mau pulang?<br /><br />===Hal 201===<br />Touno: Kenapa kau ada di sini...<br />Kanae: Ah!<br />Kanae: Aku ada keperluan di kelas itu. Ehehe!<br />Touno: Begitu...<br /><br />[Kanae: Ini lebih cepat dari biasanya...]<br />Touno: Kau mau pulang sekarang?<br />Kanae: Ah!<br />[Kanae: Aku bertingkah terlalu mencurigakan!]<br />Kanae: Ya.<br />Kanae: Benar.<br />Touno: Kalau begitu, bagaimana kalau kita pulang bersama?<br /><br />[Kanae: Touno-kun...]<br /><br />[Kanae: sangat baik bahkan terhadap orang sepertiku.]<br />Kanae: Ok!<br /><br />===Hal 202===<br />Kanae: Ah!<br />Kanae: Aku lupa.<br />Touno: ...Kartu pos?<br />Kanae: Ehehe...<br /><br />Kanae: Itu untuk temanku yang pindah saat kelas 3 SMP.<br />Kanae: Kami adalah teman baik, jadi aku mengirimnya kartu tahun baru dan satu kartu saat musim panas setiap tahun.<br />Kanae: Orangtuanya sangat ketat dan tidak membiarkannya mempunyai HP. Makanya aku harus mengirim kartu pos.<br /><br />Touno: Kelas tiga... Maksudmu Yamashita-san?<br />Kanae: Ya! Apa kau mengingatnya?<br />Touno: Ya. Aku ingin tahu kemana dia pindah...<br />Kanae: Prefektur Hyogo.<br />Kanae: Sekarang dia bahkan menulis surat dalam Kansai-ben.<br />Kanae: Dia selalu menaruh foto stiker di surat balasannya, tapi sekarang dia sangat mencolok!<br />Kanae: Tapi walaupun penampilan luarnya berbeda, di dalamnya dia masih orang yang sama.<br />Kanae: Touno-kun, apa kau berkirim surat dengan temanmu di Tokyo?<br /><br />===Hal 203===<br />Kanae: ......<br />Kanae: Um...<br /><br />Kanae: M... maaf karena aku terlalu ingin tahu.<br />Kanae: Dan karena bertanya.<br />Touno: Ah, tidak.<br />Touno: Pada awalnya aku melakukannya.<br />Touno: Balasannya menjadi sangat lambat di kedua sisi.<br /><br />Touno: Dan sekarang kami tidak berhubungan sama sekali...<br />Kanae: Begitu...<br /><br />===Hal 204===<br />Kanae: Tapi... menulis surat cenderung menjadi seperti itu.<br />Kanae: Aku juga sama dengan Yama-cha... bukan Yamashita-san... Seorang teman yang pindah saat SD.<br />Kanae: Kau tahu, kami tetap berteman. Kami saling menulis surat, tapi...<br />Kanae: begitu saja, kami berhenti.<br /><br />Kanae: Kita mulai membicarakan tentang orang yang tidak dikenalnya.<br />Kanae: Dan kami kehabisan topik untuk menulis surat.<br />Kanae: Lalu, mungkin aku mengganggunya,<br />Kanae: adalah apa yang mulai aku rasakan...<br /><br />Kanae: Hei!<br />Kanae: Mungkin kau bisa memulai dengan mengirim kartu tahun baru.<br />Kanae: Karena Yama-chan mengirimkanku itu, aku merasa kalau aku harus melakukan hal yang sama...<br />Kanae: walaupun kami tidak saling menelpon... jadi itu akan sangat terlambat.<br /><br />===Hal 205===<br />Kanae: Tapi jika aku mengirimnya, aku akan merasa terhubung lagi.<br />Kanae: Jadi...<br />Kanae: ...mungkin aku salah.<br />Kanae: Yah,<br />Kanae: maaf.<br />Touno: Tidak, bukan itu.<br /><br />Touno: ...Kurasa kau benar.<br />Touno: Aku mengerti.<br /><br />===Hal 206===<br />Touno: ...Ayo pergi.<br /><br />Kanae: Ah,<br />Kanae: ok.<br />Touno: Ada acara TV yang ingin aku tonton hari ini.<br />Kanae: Hah? Touno-kun, kau menonton TV!?<br />Touno: Iya.<br /><br />Touno: Itu acara spesial untuk roket yang mereka luncurkan.<br />Kanae: Ah, aku tahu...<br /><br />Speaker: Tahun ketiga, kelas 3, Sumida Kanae-san.<br />Speaker: Itou-sensei memanggilmu.<br /><br />Speaker: Tolong datang ke ruang konseling.<br />Speaker: Ping-pong, pang-pong.<br />*)Catatan: Itu suara yang menunjukan akhir dari pengumuman.<br />Teman: Bukankah itu pacarmu?<br /><br />===Hal 207===<br />Touno: Dia bukan pacarku.<br />Itou: Kaulah satu-satunya yang belum mengumpulkannya-<br />Kanae: Maafkan aku...<br />Itou: Walaupun... tampaknya itu memberimu banyak masalah.<br /><br />Itou: Apa kau sudah mencoba mendiskusikannya dengan Sumida-sensei?<br />[Kanae: Ini tidak ada...]<br />Kanae: Belum...<br />[Kanae: hubungannya dengan onee-chan...]<br /><br />Itou: Haah...<br />Itou: Dengan nilaimu, kau bisa pergi ke perguruan tinggi atau mulai bekerja.<br />Itou: Jika orangtuamu tidak mau kau pergi ke Kyushu untuk kuliah, kau bisa menemukan pekerjaan di prefektur ini.<br />Itou: Itu adalah pilihanmu.<br /><br />===Hal 208===<br /><br />===Hal 209===<br />Kanae: BUAH!<br /><br />[Kanae: Ini bukan tempat untukku.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Aku benar-benar berpikir...]<br />[Kanae: kalau ini bukan tempatku.]<br />[Kanae: Tapi aku tidak tahu kemana aku ingin pergi.]<br />[Kanae: Dan aku tidak mempunyai kaki yang bisa membawaku ke suatu tempat.]<br /><br />===Hal 210===<br />Sumida: Kanae-<br />[Kanae: Dengan aku seperti ini...]<br />Sumida: Rumah?<br />Sumida: Sekolah?<br />Kanae: ......<br />Kanae: Sekolah.<br /><br />[Kanae: &quot;Diskusikanlah dengan kakakmu malam ini.&quot;]<br />[Kanae: &quot;Aku akan mendiskusikannya dengannya juga.&quot;]<br />[Kanae: Aku ingin tahu kenapa aku tidak mengatakan apa-apa tentang itu.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Dia biasanya mulai cerewet.]<br />[Kanae: Entah mengapa,]<br />[Kanae: ini menyakitkan.]<br /><br />===Hal 211===<br />[Kanae: Mungkin dia sudah pulang...]<br /><br />[Kanae: Ah.]<br />[Kanae: Aku sangat buruk beberapa hari ini-]<br /><br />[Kanae: Ini hanya bukan hariku...]<br /><br />===Hal 212===<br /><br />===Hal 213===<br />[Kanae: Touno-kun...!]<br />[Kanae: Touno-kun!]<br />[Kanae: Touno-kun!]<br /><br />===Hal 214===<br />[Kanae: Dia melakukannya lagi...]<br />[Kanae: Aku tidak boleh melakukannya.]<br />[Kanae: Aku tidak boleh mengganggunya...]<br /><br />Touno: Hah?<br />Touno: Sumida?<br />Kanae: !<br />Touno: Hei.<br />Touno: Kau benar-benar tahu dimana menemukanku.<br /><br />===Hal 215===<br />Kanae: ...Ehehe.<br />Kanae: Aku kesini karena aku melihat motormu.<br />Kanae: Maaf...<br /><br />Touno: Begitu.<br />Touno: Aku senang.<br />Kanae: Hah?<br />Touno: Karena aku tidak melihatmu di tempat parkir hari ini.<br /><br />[Kanae: Aku ingin tahu kapan itu mulai...]<br />Kanae: Sama!<br />[Kanae: kalau kapanpun dia baik terhadapku,]<br />Kanae: Maaf telah menganggumu!<br />[Kanae: itu membuat jantungku berdebar.]<br /><br />===Hal 216===<br />[Kanae: Aku ingin tahu sejak kapan...]<br /><br />Kanae: Hei,<br />Kanae: Touno-kun, kau mengambil ujian masuk universitas bukan?<br />[Kanae: kebahagiaan,]<br />Touno: Ya.<br />[Kanae: juga datang dengan rasa sakit.]<br />Touno: Aku akan mengambil ujian untuk masuk Universitas Tokyo.<br /><br />Kanae: Tokyo...<br />Kanae: Begitu...<br />Kanae: Itu yang kupikirkan.<br />Touno: Kok bisa?<br />Kanae: Aku merasa kalau kau ingin pergi ke tempat yang jauh.<br />Kanae: Entah bagaimana.<br /><br />===Hal 217===<br />Touno: Begitu...<br />Touno: Bagaimana denganmu?<br />Kanae: AKU?<br />Kanae: ...Aku,<br />Kanae: bahkan tidak tahu apa yang ingin kulakukan besok.<br /><br />Kanae: ...Bahkan.<br />Touno: Kupikir.<br />Touno: Itu sama dengan semuanya.<br />Kanae: Hah?<br />Kanae: Tidak mungkin!<br />Kanae: Kau juga?<br />Touno: Tentu saja.<br /><br />Kanae: Kau tidak terlihat kalau kau khawatir sama sekali.<br />Touno: Tidak mungkin...<br />Touno: Semua yang kulakukan adalah khawatir.<br /><br />Touno: Aku...<br />Touno: hanya melakukan hal yang bisa kulakukan.<br />Touno: Tak ada yang lain.<br /><br />===Hal 218===<br />Kanae: ............<br />Kanae: Oh...<br />Kanae: begitukah...<br /><br />===Hal 219===<br />Touno: ............<br />Touno: Pesawat kertas?<br />Kanae: Ya!<br /><br />===Hal 220===<br />Orang: Apa yang membuatmu pulang setelat ini?<br />Orang: Cepat mandi atau kau akan masuk angin!<br />Kanae: Haah...<br /><br />===Hal 221===<br />Touno: Wow...<br /><br />Kanae: Mereka bilang itu bergerak dengan kecepatan 5 kilometer per jam.<br />Kanae: Menuju ke tempat peluncuran di Minamitane.<br /><br />===Hal 222===<br />Touno: ...Ya.<br />Kanae: Mereka akan meluncurkannya tahun ini ya.<br />Touno: Ya... itu akan pergi jauh kedalam tata surya.<br /><br />Touno: Itu akan memerlukan banyak tahun...<br /><br />Kanae: Touno-kun,<br />Kanae: kau menyukai hal seperti ini, ya.<br />Touno: Aku menyukai ilmu pengetahuan sejak kecil.<br />Touno: Aku membeli buku seperti &quot;Newton&quot;.<br />Kanae: Lalu, apa kau pernah pergi ke pusat antariksa?<br />Touno: Ya, setelah aku pindah ke sini.<br /><br />Touno: Aku... benar-benar menghargai ingatan itu.<br />Kanae: Begitukah...<br /><br />===Hal 223===<br />Kanae: Hari ini tidak terlihat akan hujan-<br />Touno: Ayo cepat.<br /><br />Kanae: Dah, Touno-kun, hati-hati.<br />Touno: Ya.<br />Touno: Sumida,<br />Touno: maaf sudah membuatmu basah hari ini.<br />Kanae: Tidak, tidak!<br />Kanae: Itu bukan salahmu!<br /><br />===Hal 224===<br />Touno: Tapi aku senang kita bisa mengobrol.<br />Touno: Sampai ketemu besok.<br /><br />Touno: Hati-hati supaya tidak masuk angin,<br />Touno: Selamat malam.<br />Kanae: Ya...<br /><br />Kanae: Selamat malam, Touno-kun!<br /><br />===Hal 225===<br />Kanae: Selamat malam, Touno-kun.<br /><br />Kanae: Wow- hari ini masakan rebus-!<br />Kanae: Kelihatannya enak-<br />Sumida: Bukankah masakan rebus di tengah-tengah musim panas itu enak?<br />Sumida: Cepat keringkan rambutmu.<br />Kanae: Ok.<br />Kanae: Oh, hei.<br />Kanae: Itou-sensei berbicara kepadamu hari ini, kan?<br /><br />Sumida: Ya... dia memang mengatakan beberapa hal.<br />Kanae: Maaf telah membuat masalah.<br />Sumida: Tak perlu minta maaf.<br />Sumida: Tak apa menentukannya perlahan-lahan.<br />Kanae: Ok...<br />Ibu: Kanae,<br />Ibu: apa kau melakukan hal yang buruk?<br /><br />Sumida: Itu bukan masalah besar. Gurunya hanya paranoid.<br />Ibu: Kau bilang bukan masalah besar...<br />Ibu: Apa itu benar-benar ok?<br />[Kanae: Terima kasih, onee-chan.]<br />Kanae: Kabu-<br /><br />===Hal 226===<br />Kanae: Hei, Kabu.<br />Kanae: Aku bicara banyak dengan Touno-kun hari ini.<br />Kanae: Dia bilang dia juga bingung...<br /><br />Kanae: Dia...<br />Kanae: seperti aku.<br /><br />Teks: Itu memang benar-benar perjalanan yang sangat sepi.<br />Teks: Dengan ikhlas berjalan menuju kegelapan.<br />Teks: Bahkan tidak bisa melihat sebuah atom hidrogen.<br />Teks: Hanya, hanya berjalan menuju rahasia dari dunia ini di dalam jurang.<br /><br />===Hal 227===<br />Teks: Dengan begitu saja,<br />Teks: aku ingin tahu seberapa jauh kita akan pergi.<br /><br />SFX: Biip<br />HP: Apa kamu mau menyimpannya?<br />HP: [YA] TIDAK<br />SFX: Biip<br />HP: Apa kamu mau menyimpannya?<br />HP: YA [TIDAK]<br /><br />===Hal 228===<br />[Touno: Aku ingin tahu sejak kapan...]<br /><br />[Touno: aku mempunyai kebiasaan untuk menulis SMS yang tidak akan kukirim.]<br /><br />===Hal 229===<br /><br />===Hal 230===<br />SFX: Biip<br /><br />HP: Aku tidak ingat siapa yang pertama kali berhenti menulis surat.<br /><br />Teks: Kalau tidak ada hal yang penting lagi, lalu surat itu akan kehilangan artinya.<br /><br />Teks: Kita berdua mengambil saat ini,<br />Teks: hampir seperti memutuskan ikatan diantara kita... kabur dari kenyataan kalau kita sangat <br /><br />berjauhan,<br />Teks: dan itu menjadi sebuah pertukaran kata yang tak mempunyai arti dengan tanpa kasih sayang.<br /><br />===Hal 231===<br />Teks: Aku selalu berpikir hal yang sama.<br /><br />Teks: Walaupun aku tidak pernah melihatmu lagi, perasaan ini tidak akan berubah.<br />HP: Apa kamu mau menyimpannya?<br />HP: YA [TIDAK]<br />HP: Apa kamu mau menyimpannya?<br />HP: [YA] TIDAK<br /><br />===Hal 232===<br /><br />===Hal 233===<br />Teman: Aku ingin menjadi pacarmu.<br /><br />Akari: ...Maafkan aku.<br />Akari: .........<br />Teman: Ah...<br />Teman: begitu.<br />Akari: Ah,<br />Akari: bukan itu.<br />Akari: Um...<br /><br />Akari: Maukah kau menunggu jawabanku...?<br /><br />===Hal 234===<br />[Akari: Takaki-kun.]<br />[Akari: Kau tidak disini bersamaku.]<br /><br />[Akari: Aku bisa merasakan perasaanmu setiap kali aku berada di stasiun Iwafune.]<br />*)Catatan: Stasiun Iwafune adalah stasiun dimana mereka berdua bertemu.<br />[Akari: Tapi,]<br />[Akari: bahkan itu,]<br />[Akari: menghilang sedikit demi sedikit.]<br /><br />===Hal 235===<br />[Akari: Takaki-kun.]<br />[Akari: Apa kau mempunyai seseorang yang kau suka?]<br /><br />[Akari: Apa yang kau pikirkan,]<br />[Akari: di tempat yang tak kuketahui?]<br /><br />[Akari: Apa aku...]<br />[Akari: sudah menjadi kenangan untukmu?]<br /><br />===Hal 236===</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/30128</id>
        <title>[Bahasa] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 4 by Gwilthyunman</title>
        <updated>2011-06-19T08:03:14+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>Gwilthyunman</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/30128" />
        <summary type="html"><div class="important">Reserved for Manga:Code Scanlation</div><div class="important">ENG TL: cookie_on_fire<br />Proofreader: Panda-san</div><br />===Hal 161===<br /><strong>Chapter 4 - Perasaan Kanae</strong><br /><br />===Hal 162===<br />Kanae: KYA!<br /><br />===Hal 163===<br />Kanae: Hah...<br /><br />Sumida: Kanae.<br />Sumida: Bagaimana?<br /><br />Kanae: Hari ini juga tidak bisa.<br />Kanae: Semuanya angin lepas pantai...<br />Sumida: Yah, tak perlu terburu-buru...<br />Sumida: Apa kau akan datang kesini lagi setelah sekolah?<br />Kanae: Ya, tak apa-apa kan, onee-chan?<br />Sumida: Tak apa-- tapi kau juga harus belajar-<br />Kanae: Haaai.<br /><br />===Hal 164===<br /><br />===Hal 165===<br />Kanae: Fiuh...<br /><br />[Kanae: OK!]<br /><br />===Hal 166===<br />Touno: Sumida.<br />Touno: Pagi.<br /><br />Kanae: Selamat pagi, Touno-kun.<br />Kanae: Kau datang pagi juga hari ini.<br />Touno: Ya...<br /><br />Touno: Sumida, kau pergi ke pantai, kan?<br />Kanae: Ya.<br />Touno: Kau benar-benar bekerja keras.<br />Kanae: Hah?<br /><br />===Hal 167===<br />Kanae: Ti-<br />Kanae: tidak kok-<br />Kanae: Fuheh!<br />Kanae: Sampai ketemu nanti, Touno-kun.<br /><br />Touno: Baiklah.<br />Touno: Sampai nanti.<br />[Kanae: Kya-]<br /><br />[Kanae: Aku membuat suara yang benar-benar aneh.]<br />[Kanae: Tapi...]<br />[Kanae: aku sangat senang-!]<br /><br />===Hal 168===<br />Saki: Baguslah kalau begitu--<br />Saki: kau harus memutuskannya secepatnya-<br />Saki: Diskusikan dengan keluargamu dan isi formulirnya.<br /><br />Saki: Kudengar kalau Sasaki-san diterima di sebuah universitas di Osaka.<br />Saki: Dari kelas 1? Wow.<br />Saki: Untukku mungkin perguruan tinggi Kumamoto-<br />Saki: Bagaimana denganmu, Kanae?<br />Kanae: Hah...?<br />Saki: Apa kau akan mulai bekerja?<br />Kanae: Ya...<br /><br />Saki: Kau benar-benar tidak berpikir apa-apa.<br />Saki: Hanya tentang Touno-kun.<br />Saki: Dia pasti punya pacar di Tokyo.<br />Kanae: Hei!<br />Saki: Ahaha!<br /><br />===Hal 169===<br />Saki: Kau mau kemana, Kanae-<br />Teman: Dia kabur.<br />Kanae: Aku akan pergi membeli minuman!<br />Saki: Lagi!?<br />Saki: Oh ya! Pergi ke kelas 1 dan tanya Touno-kun &quot;Kau mau kemana?&quot; ♥<br />Kanae: Diam-<br />Teman: Belikan aku orange soda-<br /><br />[Kanae: Uuh...]<br />[Kanae: Aku tidak pernah bilang ke mereka tentang Touno-kun... tapi mereka tetap mengolok-olokku...]<br /><br />[Kanae: ...Ngomong-ngomong, akan ada peluncuran.]<br />[Kanae: Sudah lama sekali sejak peluncuran yang terakhir.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Aku yakin akan sangat menyenangkan kalau melihatnya bersama-sama.]<br />[Kanae: ...Kalau aku bisa.]<br /><br />===Hal 170===<br />Sumida: Masih belum berhasil juga?<br />Kanae: Ya...<br /><br />Kanae: Aku bisa berdiri dengan benar pada awalnya...<br />Kanae: Jadi aku ingin tahu apa yang terjadi...<br /><br />===Hal 171===<br />Sumida: Jangan terlalu khawatir.<br />Sumida: Kau pasti akan bisa melakukannya lagi.<br />Kanae: Enaknya yang tidak memikirkan apa-apa.<br />Sumida: ?<br />Sumida: Kenapa kau sangat khawatir? Kau melakukannya karena kau mau.<br />Kanae: ............<br /><br />Sumida: Kalau ini terus berlangsung, kau tidak akan bisa melakukannya ketika kau tamat sekolah.<br /><br />Murid: Sumida-sensei, sampai jumpa.<br />Sumida: Dah.<br />Kanae: Terima kasih, onee-chan.<br />Sumida: Mau kuantar?<br />Kanae: Tidak, aku akan pergi dengan motor.<br /><br />===Hal 172===<br />Touno: Sumida,<br />Touno: apa kau akan pulang sekarang?<br />Kanae: Ya.<br />Kanae: Bagaimana denganmu, Touno-kun?<br /><br />===Hal 173===<br />Touno: Ya...<br />Touno: Mau pulang bersama?<br /><br />[Kanae: Ah, aku senang...]<br />[Kanae: kalau aku bukan anjing.]<br /><br />[Kanae: -Adalah yang benar-benar kupikirkan.]<br />[Kanae: Aku kaget oleh kebodohanku.]<br /><br />[Kanae: ...Sejak awal,]<br /><br />===Hal 174===<br />[Kanae: Touno-kun sedikit berbeda dari laki-laki lainnya.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Pada awal tahun kedua,]<br />Touno: Aku Touno Takaki.<br />[Kanae: Untukku, Nishonoomote sudah kuanggap sebuah kota, dan Kagoshima sebuah kota metropolitan.]<br />Touno: Karena pekerjaan ayahku, kami pindah kesini dari Tokyo.<br />[Kanae: Touno-kun datang dari dunia yang benar-benar berbeda, yaitu &quot;Tokyo&quot;.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Kata-katanya pada awal pindahan:]<br />Touno: Aku sudah terbiasa berpindah-pindah,<br />Touno: tapi aku masih belum terbiasa berada disini.<br />[Kanae: Kalau itu aku, aku mungkin akan panik dan tak bisa mengatakan apapun.]<br /><br />Touno: Senang berkenalan denganmu.<br />[Kanae: Aku mulai menyukainya pada hari itu.]<br /><br />===Hal 175===<br />[Kanae: Dan selalu melihatnya dari kejauhan.]<br />[Kanae: Aku senang karena nama kami sangat dekat.]<br />Catatan: Untuk alfabet Jepang, &quot;To&quot; dan &quot;Su&quot; sangat dekat. Dia berbicara tentang letak tempat duduk berdasarkan nama belakang.<br />[Kanae: Aku tidak bicara banyak dengannya, tapi...]<br /><br />[Kanae: jantungku berdebar hanya karena melihatnya.]<br />[Kanae: dan aku senang bisa mendengar suaranya.]<br />[Kanae: Aku ingin pergi ke SMA yang sama. Jadi aku belajar dengan keras dan berhasil lulus.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Tapi tentu saja, kami ditempatkan di kelas yang berbeda.]<br />[Kanae: Jadi, lagi-lagi aku hanya bisa melihatnya dari kejauhan.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Benar-benar sebuah kebetulan kalau aku bisa menjadi dekat dengannya.]<br />Teman: Festival budaya... disini-<br />Kanae: Kami-<br />Saki: Kami dari kelas 1-3.<br /><br />===Hal 176===<br />[Kanae: Touno-kun...!]<br />Saki: Ayo duduk disini-<br /><br />Teman: Ah- kau wakil dari kelas 3?<br />Teman: Ada apa?<br />Kanae: Hah?<br />Kanae: !!<br />Teman: Kami dari kelas 1-<br />Touno: Ah...<br /><br />Touno: Sumida?<br />[Kanae: Oh...]<br /><br />Touno: Ya... kami berada di kelas yang sama di SMP.<br />[Kanae: Dia...]<br />Kanae: Ehehe,<br />Kanae: lama tak bertemu...<br />[Kanae: mengingatku-]<br /><br />===Hal 177===<br />Teman: Kami berdua berpikir untuk membuat rumah hantu,<br />Teman: dan panitia bilang padaku untuk mengurusnya.<br />Saki: Hah? Kita bahkan tidak mempunyai pilihan lain.<br />Teman: Kalau begitu, haruskah kita menentukannya dengan suit?<br />Saki: Kita harus melakukannya bersama-sama.<br />Kanae: Hah!?<br /><br />Teman: Sepertinya kelas 2 akan melakukan sesuatu yang berhubungan dengan musik, jadi mereka tidak membutuhkan ruang kelas.<br />[Kanae: Sa...]<br />Saki: Kalau begitu, ayo pinjam kelasnya dan hubungkan dengan menggunakan sedikit jarak di koridor.<br />[Kanae: Saki-chan...]<br />Saki: Memiliki tempat yang lebih besar lebih baik, dan akan lebih mudah dengan banyak orang membantu, kan?<br />Teman: Hm...<br /><br />Touno: Kalau begitu, ayo tanya ke panitia.<br /><br />===Hal 178===<br />Touno: Maaf, bisakah kau memegangnya?<br />Kanae: Ah,<br />Kanae: tentu!<br />Touno: Sumida, hati-hati.<br />Kanae: Ok.<br />[Kanae: Hanya seperti itu,]<br /><br />[Kanae: kami mulai berbicara semakin banyak.]<br />[Kanae: Dan karena itu,]<br />[Kanae: aku mulai lebih menyukainya.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Dan hanya melihatnya,]<br />[Kanae: membuatku sangat senang.]<br /><br />===Hal 179===<br />[Kanae: Sedikit demi sedikit,]<br />[Kanae: untuk melakukan lebih baik dari hari sebelumnya,]<br />[Kanae: aku bahkan lebih menyukainya,]<br /><br />[Kanae: ...Aku menjadi takut,]<br />[Kanae: dan setiap hari sangat menyakitkan.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Tapi aku sangat senang,]<br />[Kanae: setiap kali aku melihatnya.]<br /><br />===Hal 180===<br />[Kanae: Aku hanya bisa merasa seperti itu.]<br /><br />Kanae: Touno-kun, minuman yang sama lagi?<br />Touno: Ini benar-benar enak.<br />Touno: Sumida, kau selalu terlihat sangat serius.<br />Kanae: Ya...<br />Touno: Aku akan pergi duluan.<br /><br />[Kanae: Aku sedang berpikir dengan keras sekarang.]<br />[Kanae: Berpikir tentang manakah yang harus kubeli yang akan membuatku terlihat manis.]<br />[Kanae: Ini terlalu jelas.]<br />[Kanae: Kemasannya terlihat bagus, tapi aku tidak menyukai rasanya.]<br />[Kanae: Ini tidak terlihat cocok untuk perempuan.]<br />[Kanae: Aku suka ini, tapi ini biasanya laki-laki yang minumannya.]<br /><br />===Hal 181===<br />[Kanae: Pada akhirnya, aku membeli yang seperti biasa.]<br />Kasir: Totalnya 90 Yen-<br /><br />Kanae: !<br />Touno: Oh, sudah.<br /><br />===Hal 182===<br />Touno: Kau beli apa?<br />Kanae: ...Yah,<br />Kanae: aku tidak yakin, tapi aku beli ini.<br />[Kanae: Touno-kun...]<br />[Kanae: kadang-kadang menulis SMS ke seseorang.]<br />Kanae: Sebenarnya ini adalah yang ke-4 untuk hari ini. Mengagumkan bukan?<br />Touno: Sebanyak itu?<br /><br />Touno: Kalau dipikir-pikir, kau selalu membeli itu, ya.<br />[Kanae: Setiap kali,]<br />[Kanae: aku berharap kalau itu akan menjadi SMS...]<br />[Kanae: untukku.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Lalu,]<br />[Kanae: walaupun aku bisa membuatnya seperti &quot;kebetulan&quot; untuk menemuinya,]<br />[Kanae: ketika aku berpikir kalau aku bahkan tidak tahu e-mailnya,]<br />[Kanae: membuatku ingin menangis.]<br /><br />===Hal 183===<br />[Kanae: Mendengarkan suara Touno-kun,]<br />[Kanae: benar-benar terasa menyenangkan.]<br /><br />Kanae: Aku pulang, Kabu-<br /><br />Kanae: Kabu-<br />Kanae: aku pulang sekarang-<br />Touno: Kalau begitu aku pergi sekarang.<br />Kanae: Ah, ok.<br />Kanae: Selamat malam!<br /><br />===Hal 184===<br />Kanae: Ayo masuk,<br />Kanae: Kabu.<br />[Kanae: Dibandingkan dengan ketika kami tidak saling berbicara sama sekali,]<br /><br />[Kanae: ada lebih banyak hal yang membuatku senang,]<br />Kanae: Touno-kun dan Sasaki-san sedang berbicara.<br />[Kanae: ...tapi ada lebih banyak hal yang menyakitkan juga.]<br /><br />===Hal 185===<br />Kanae: !?<br />Teman: Mereka berdua benar-benar dekat-<br />Teman: Baru-baru ini mereka pulang bersama.<br /><br />Teman: Ini patut untuk difoto.<br />Saki: Mereka adalah dua murid terbaik di tahun kita.<br />Saki: dan mereka diam-diam berpacaran-<br /><br />Teman: Ahahaha!<br />Sasaki: Hah?<br /><br />===Hal 186===<br />Sasaki: Tidak, kami tidak berpacaran.<br />Sasaki: Aku sudah mempunyai pacar.<br />Teman: Hah!?<br />Teman: Aku tidak tahu apa-apa tentang itu!<br />Sasaki: Guru bimbingan belajarku.<br />Sasaki: Tapi itu rahasia.<br />Saki: Guru!<br />Teman: Bimbingan belajar!<br /><br />Saki: Sasaki-san, kau...<br />Sasaki: Tidak...<br />Sasaki: itu tidak benar-<br />Sasaki: Oh, dan tentang Touno-kun.<br />Sasaki: Di kelasku, mereka bilang kalau dia berpacaran dengan seseorang di kelas 3.<br />Saki: Ah-- tentang itu...<br />Saki: itu tidak benar.<br /><br />Sasaki: ...Tapi aku pernah bertanya kepadanya sekali.<br />Sasaki: Apa dia sudah punya pacar.<br />Teman: Benarkah!?<br />Teman: Apa yang dia katakan?<br />Sasaki: Dia tidak mau memberitahuku.<br /><br />===Hal 187===<br />Sasaki: Walaupun itu terlihat seperti...<br />Sasaki: seharusnya aku tak menanyainya.<br />Sasaki: Mungkin dia punya cinta rahasia sepertiku.<br />Teman: Ah- kelihatannya begitu.<br /><br />Teman: Dia sangat misterius.<br />Teman: Aku tak mengerti kenapa dia mau pulang bersama dengan seseorang yang bukan pacarnya.<br />Sasaki: Kupikir dia hanya tidak membedakan antara laki-laki dan perempuan.<br />Sasaki: Kalau kau berada di kelas yang sama, kau akan tahu kalau dia memperlakukan setiap orang dengan cara yang sama.<br /><br />Sasaki: Dia baik ke semua orang,<br />Sasaki: tapi aku tidak begitu memahaminya.<br />Teman: Ya! Itu! Aku merasa seperti itu saat festival budaya-<br /><br />Sasaki: Bagaimanapun juga, untuk temanmu...<br />[Kanae: ...Aku ingin...]<br />Sasaki: yang menyukai Touno-kun? Akan lebih baik jika dia menanyainya langsung.<br />[Kanae: menghentikan perbincangan mereka ditengah-tengah.]<br />[Kanae: Itu membuatku sangat sedih.]<br /><br />===Hal 188===<br />[Kanae: Saki-chan lah yang mau berbicara dengan Sasaki-san.]<br />Teman: Mungkin hanya orang yang benar-benar menyukainya yang akan paham.<br />Teman: Rasanya seperti itu.<br />[Kanae: Walaupun aku berpura-pura untuk tak peduli...]<br /><br />[Kanae: Cara mereka berbicara mengenai Touno-kun...]<br />[Kanae: Aku benar-benar...]<br />[Kanae: membencinya.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Aku benar-benar bodoh.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Bodoh.]<br /><br />===Hal 189===<br />[Kanae: Ini hukuman.]<br />[Kanae: Klub memanah masih berlatih,]<br />[Kanae: tapi aku tidak akan menunggunya.]<br />Kanae: Haah...<br /><br />Kanae: Kabu...<br />Kanae: Jika aku terus berjalan lurus, aku akan sampai ke rumah Touno-kun.<br />Kanae: Aku melihatnya diam-diam sebelumnya...<br /><br />===Hal 190===<br />Kanae: ...HAAH~<br />Kanae: Aku SANGAT BURUK...<br />Kanae: Kabu~<br />[Kanae: Seperti itu,]<br />Kabu: Guk!<br />[Kanae: hal sekecil apapun membuatku sedih.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Semangatku masih membubung setiap kali aku melihatnya.]<br />[Kanae: Sudah 5 tahun.]<br />[Kanae: Semua perasaanku terbungkus mengelilingi Touno-kun.]<br /><br />===Hal 191===<br />Kanae: Haah...<br /><br />[Kanae: Touno-kun!?]<br /><br />[Kanae: Ke-ke-ke-ke-]<br />[Kanae: Kenapa!?]<br />[Kanae: Ahh!]<br />[Kanae: Apa dia melihatku jatuh!?]<br />[Kanae: Uwah~!]<br /><br />===Hal 192===<br />Sumida: Halo-<br />Sumida: Kau Touno-kun, murid kelas tiga, kan?<br />[Kanae: !!]<br />Touno: Sumida-sensei.<br />Sumida: Belanja?<br />Touno: Ya.<br />[Kanae: Onee-chan...]<br />Sumida: Aku bersama dengan adikku.<br />[Kanae: apa yang kau katakan-!?]<br />Touno: Ah... Selancar.<br /><br />===Hal 193===<br />Sumida: Hah? Kau mengetahuinya? Bukankah kalian berdua di kelas yang berbeda?<br />Touno: Kami di SMP sama, jadi kami sering mengobrol.<br />Touno: Dia memberitahuku kalau dia datang kesini setiap pagi.<br />Sumida: Begitu.<br />Sumida: Aku berselancar ketika aku masih di universitas.<br />Sumida: Karena itu, dia mulai melakukan Bodyboard.<br /><br />Sumida: Dia mulai mencoba shortboard tahun lalu,<br />Sumida: tapi ya...<br />[Kanae: Uuh-]<br />Sumida: Touno-kun, apa kau mau mencobanya?<br />Touno: Aku tidak bisa berenang.<br />Sumida: Benarkah? Kau tidak kelihatan seperti itu.<br /><br />Sumida: Kanae?<br />Sumida: Kau masih belum ganti baju juga?<br />[Kanae: Aku tidak bisa ganti baju ketika Touno-kun ada disana...!]<br />Kanae: To-<br />Kanae: Touno-kun sibuk, jadi kau jangan mengganggunya!<br /><br />===Hal 194===<br />Sumida: Ah...<br />Touno: ?<br />Sumida: Tidak, bukan apa-apa.<br />Sumida: Maaf.<br />Touno: Tak apa. Aku akan pergi sekarang.<br /><br />Touno: Sumida.<br />Touno: Berjuanglah.<br /><br />===Hal 195===<br />Sumida: ...Hei, ganti bajumu sekarang.<br />Kanae: Ah.<br />Kanae: Ok.<br /><br />Kanae: Onee-chan!<br />Kanae: Aku akan berlatih sedikit lagi!<br />Sumida: Hah?<br /><br />===Hal 196===<br />Sumida: Bagaimana dengan makan siang?<br />Kanae: Aku tak membutuhkannya!<br />Sumida: Sudah mulai berangin.<br /><br />[Kanae: Ya.]<br /><br />[Kanae: Aku memutuskan untuk melakukannya ketika waktunya tiba.]<br /><br />===Hal 197===<br />[Kanae: Ketika aku bisa berdiri di atas ombak...]<br /><br />[Kanae: Jika aku bisa berdiri di atas ombak!]<br /><br />===Hal 198===</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/30021</id>
        <title>[Bahasa] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 3 by Gwilthyunman</title>
        <updated>2011-06-11T12:07:05+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>Gwilthyunman</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/30021" />
        <summary type="html"><div class="important">Reserved for Manga:Code Scanlation</div><div class="important">ENG TL: cookie_on_fire<br />Proofreader: Panda-san</div><br />===Hal 113===<br /><strong>Chapter 3: Kenangan Masa Lalu</strong><br /><br />===Hal 114===<br />Touno: Ini benar-benar enak.<br />Akari: Itu hanya Hōjicha* biasa kok.<br />*)Catatan: Hōjicha adalah teh hijau Jepang yang berbeda dari teh-teh lain karena teh ini dibakar dengan arang di pot porselin, teh Jepang biasanya dipanaskan.<br /><br />Touno: Hōjicha?<br />Touno: Ini pertama kalinya aku meminumnya.<br />Akari: Tidak mungkin!<br />Akari: Aku yakin kau pernah meminumnya sebelumnya.<br />Touno: Benarkah...?<br />Akari: Ya!<br />Akari: Dan aku punya ini.<br /><br />===Hal 115===<br />Akari: Karena aku yang membuatnya, aku tidak menjamin rasanya enak...<br />Akari: Silahkan... dimakan.<br /><br />Touno: ............<br />Touno: Terima kasih...<br /><br />Touno: Ah...<br />Touno: Aku benar-benar lapar!<br /><br />===Hal 116===<br />Akari: Bagaimana...<br /><br />Touno: ...Ini makanan terenak yang pernah aku makan dalam seumur hidupku.<br />Akari: Hah!?<br />Akari: Kau terlalu melebih-lebihkan-<br /><br />Touno: Itu benar.<br />Akari: Itu karena kau lapar.<br />Touno: Benarkah...?<br />Akari: Ya.<br /><br />===Hal 117===<br />Akari: Aku akan makan juga.<br /><br />Akari: Hm.<br />Touno: Mm.<br /><br />Touno: Kapan kau membuatnya?<br />Akari: Aku pulang ke rumah setelah sekolah dan membuatnya.<br />Akari: Jadi aku tidak membuatnya sendirian. Ibuku sedikit membantuku juga.<br />Touno: Bagaimana dengan telur dadarnya?<br />Akari: Aku membuat yang itu sendiri...<br />Touno: Ini benar-benar enak!<br /><br />===Hal 118===<br />Touno: Apa yang kau bilang sebelum pergi?<br />Akari: Aku meninggalkan sebuah surat yang isinya aku akan pulang tak peduli selarut apa, jadi jangan khawatir.<br />Touno: Sama denganku.<br />Touno: Aku bilang kalau aku akan pulang malam karena ada pesta perpisahan setelah aktivitas klub, jadi jangan khawatir... Walaupun aku pikir mereka pasti akan marah.<br />Akari: Begitu-<br /><br />Touno: Akari, ibumu pasti khawatir juga.<br />Touno: Aku yakin.<br />Akari: Hm...<br />Akari: Sebenarnya,<br />Akari: kupikir akan baik-baik saja...<br />Akari: Ketika aku membuat bento*, ibuku bertanya mau kuberikan pada siapa bentonya,<br />*)Catatan: Bento adalah istilah bahasa Jepang untuk makanan bekal berupa nasi berikut lauk-pauk dalam kemasan praktis yang bisa dibawa-bawa dan dimakan di tempat lain.<br />Akari: aku senyum dan membohonginya,<br /><br />Akari: tapi ibu terlihat sedikit senang.<br />Akari: Jadi kupikir...<br />Akari: beliau pasti tahu.<br /><br />===Hal 119===<br />Touno: Ah.<br />Touno: Maaf, aku memakan semua daging cincangnya.<br />Touno: Bagianmu juga...<br />Akari: Fufu,<br />Akari: tak apa, makan semuanya.<br /><br />Akari: ...Kau sebentar lagi akan pindah, kan?<br />Touno: Ya,<br />Touno: minggu depan.<br /><br />===Hal 120===<br />Akari: Kajima, ya...<br />Akari: Itu sangat jauh.<br />Touno: Ya...<br />Touno: Datang kesini juga jauh.<br /><br />Akari: Fufufu,<br />Akari: kau tidak bisa kembali lagi sekarang.<br /><br />Akari: Um...<br />Akari: ............<br /><br />===Hal 121===<br />Orang: Kami akan segera tutup,<br />Orang: karena tidak akan ada kereta lagi.<br /><br />Touno: Ah,<br />Touno: Baiklah!<br />Orang: Berhati-hati berjalan di tengah salju.<br /><br />Touno: Terima kasih.<br /><br />===Hal 122===<br />Akari: Takaki-kun, kau sudah bertambah tinggi.<br />Touno: Benarkah?<br /><br />Touno: Masa sih...<br /><br />===Hal 123===<br />Akari: Fufu.<br /><br />===Hal 124===<br />Akari: Apa kau harus pergi ke klub besok?<br />Touno: Ya.<br />Touno: Senior kelas tiga yang lulus benar-benar bagus, jadi sekarang kami harus berlatih lebih keras.<br />Akari: Begitu...<br />Touno: ...Tapi Akari, kau masuk klub basketball...<br />Akari: Sulit dipercaya, kan? Aku sangat buruk tapi aku benar-benar mencoba dengan keras.<br /><br />Touno: Apa kau bisa melakukan putaran ke belakang sekarang?<br />Akari: Hah?<br />Akari: Entahlah. Aku belum mencobanya.<br />Akari: Mungkin aku bisa.<br />Touno: Benarkah?<br /><br />Akari: Takaki-kun, kau bilang kalau kau bergabung ke klub sepak bola untuk membuat tubuhmu semakin kuat, kan?<br />Touno: Ya.<br />Akari: Aku kaget karena kau melakukan hal yang sama... Tidak, sebenarnya aku tahu itu.<br />Touno: Kau mengetahuinya?<br />Akari: ............<br />Akari: Buku-buku yang kau suka,<br /><br />===Hal 125===<br />Akari: aku menyukainya juga, kan?<br />Touno: ............<br />Touno: Ya.<br />Akari: Tapi...<br />Akari: karena kita tidak bersama-sama lagi di SMP,<br /><br />Akari: kupikir kalau aku harus berubah.<br />Touno: Apa kau merasakan hal yang sama, Takaki-kun?<br /><br />Touno: ...Ya.<br />Touno: Aku tahu.<br />Touno: Aku tahu apa yang kau maksud.<br />Touno: Aku juga berpikir begitu, tapi...<br /><br />===Hal 126===<br />Touno: sejujurnya, aku masih tidak bisa memikirkannya sebagai sesuatu yang normal.<br /><br />Akari: Apa kau kedinginan? Maafkan aku.<br />Akari: Aku seharusnya membeli pemanas saku.<br />Touno: Tak apa. Tapi kau terlihat kedinginan, Akari.<br /><br />===Hal 127===<br />Akari: Aku baik-baik saja, karena aku sudah terbiasa.<br />Touno: Maksudmu dalam musim dingin?<br />Akari: Aku memakai sesuatu yang hangat di bagian dalam.<br />Touno: Begitu...<br />Touno: Enaknya.<br />Akari: Laki-laki tidak punya sesautu seperti itu, ya.<br /><br />Touno &amp; Akari: ............<br /><br />===Hal 128===<br />Akari: Bisakah kau melihatnya?<br />Akari: Pohon itu.<br />Touno: Yang kau bilang di suratmu?<br /><br />Akari: Ya.<br />Akari: Pohon Sakura.<br /><br />===Hal 129===<br /><br />===Hal 130===<br />Akari: Hei.<br /><br />Akari: Ini seolah-olah...<br /><br />===Hal 131===<br />Touno: ...Kau benar.<br /><br />===Hal 132===<br /><br />===Hal 133===<br /><br />===Hal 134===<br /><br />===Hal 135===<br /><br />===Hal 136===<br /><br />===Hal 137===<br /><br />===Hal 138===<br />Touno: !<br /><br />[Akari: Takaki-kun,]<br /><br />===Hal 139===<br />[Akari: Aku berharap tahun depan kita bisa melihat sakura bersama-sama lagi.]<br /><br />[Akari: Untuk kita berdua,]<br />[Akari: Mulai dari sekarang,]<br /><br />===Hal 140===<br />[Touno: Kita mungkin...]<br />[Touno: tidak bisa bersama.]<br /><br />[Touno: Aku yakin kalau Akari...]<br /><br />[Touno: berpikir seperti itu]<br />[Touno: juga.]<br /><br />===Hal 141===<br />Akari: Fufu!<br /><br />===Hal 142===<br />Akari: Wow, selimut ini benar-benar bau.<br />Touno: Aku bersyukur kita memilikinya.<br /><br />Akari: Takaki-kun, apa kau sudah berselimut dengan benar?<br />Touno: Ya, sudah.<br />Touno: Akari, kau sebaiknya melepas kaus kakimu sekarang.<br />Touno: Kaus kakimu basah, jadi kau sebaiknya memakainya lagi setelah kering.<br />Akari: Ooh-<br />Akari: Dinginnya!<br />Touno: Selimuti kakimu juga.<br />Akari: Ini benar-benar menyebalkan-<br /><br />Touno: Fiuh...<br /><br />===Hal 143===<br />Akari: ...Ke Kajima,<br />Akari: berapa lama waktu yang dibutuhkan untuk pergi kesana dari Tokyo?<br />Touno: Hm...?<br />Touno: Dengan pesawat... hampir 2 jam.<br />Akari: Benarkah!?<br /><br />Touno: Walaupun... aku tidak memberitahumu, tapi...<br />Touno: walaupun itu Kajima, kami pergi ke Tanegashima.<br />Akari: Hah?<br />Touno: Jadi, kami harus naik pesawat dari Kajima selama satu jam.<br /><br />Touno: Kalau dengan kapal... satu setengah jam.<br />Touno: kurang lebih,<br />Akari: Kapal...<br />Touno: Ya...<br /><br />===Hal 144===<br />Akari: ............<br /><br />Akari: Ah...<br />Akari: Hei! Bukankah mereka mempunyai pesawat luar angkasa di Tanegashima!?<br />Touno: ?<br />Touno: Oh, Pusat Antariksa? Mereka meluncurkan roket disana.<br />Akari: Ya! Baguslah, Takaki-kun.<br /><br />Akari: Kau akan belajar banyak,<br />Akari: untuk menjadi seorang astronot!<br /><br />===Hal 145===<br />Akari: ............<br />Akari: Kau mau menjadi itu...<br />Akari: kan?<br /><br />Touno: Satu-satunya orang yang mendengarkan mimpi itu,<br />Touno: dan benar-benar menyemangatiku sebanyak ini,<br />Touno: adalah kau, Akari.<br /><br />Akari: ......<br />Akari: Kau akan menjadi sesuatu, Takaki-kun.<br />Akari: Walaupun bukan seorang astronot,<br />Akari: kau bisa menjadi apapun yang kau mau.<br /><br />===Hal 146===<br />Akari: Kau datang kesini sendirian.<br />Akari: Aku yakin kau bisa melakukannya.<br /><br />Touno: Terima kasih...<br /><br />===Hal 147===<br /><br />===Hal 148===<br />Akari: Nn...<br />Touno: Pagi.<br /><br />===Hal 149===<br />Akari: ...Selamat pagi.<br /><br />Akari: Wow-<br />Akari: Tebal sekali saljunya.<br />Akari: Aku ingin tahu apa keretanya akan baik-baik saja.<br /><br />Touno: Kau harus membeli sepasang kaus kaki dalam perjalanan.<br />Akari: Aku ingin tahu apa tokonya akan buka...<br />Touno: Aku pernah membelinya di toko sebelumnya.<br /><br />===Hal 150===<br />Akari: Wow, ini menakjubkan-<br />Akari: Ahahahaha!<br /><br />Speaker: Tolong berdiri dibelakang garis kuning.<br />Akari: Ah.<br />Akari: Keretanya sudah datang.<br /><br />===Hal 151===<br />Akari: Tepat waktu-<br />Akari: Baguslah.<br />Touno: Ya.<br />Akari: Semoga keretanya tidak akan berhenti di tengah perjalanan.<br />Touno: Hahaha.<br />Touno: Tapi...<br /><br />===Hal 152===<br />Akari: Um...<br />Akari: Takaki-kun.<br /><br />Akari: Takaki-kun, aku...<br /><br />===Hal 153===<br />Akari: aku yakin kalau kau akan baik-baik saja mulai dari sekarang.<br />Akari: Pasti!<br /><br />===Hal 154===<br />Touno: Terima kasih...<br /><br />Touno: ...Ah.<br />Touno: Akari,<br />Touno: sehat selalu.<br /><br />Touno: Aku akan menulis surat,<br />Touno: dan menelponmu.<br /><br />===Hal 155===<br /><br />===Hal 156===<br />*)Catatan: Di suratnya tertullis &quot;Untuk Touno Takaki&quot;.<br /><br />[Touno: -Akari,]<br /><br />===Hal 157===<br />[Touno: apa arti sebenarnya dari menjadi dewasa?]<br />[Touno: Aku masih belum mengerti.]<br /><br />[Touno: Tapi, suatu hari di masa depan,]<br />[Touno: kalau aku bisa bertemu denganmu lagi,]<br />[Touno: aku ingin menjadi seseorang yang tidak akan malu dilihat olehmu.]<br />[Touno: Itulah apa yang kuharapkan.]<br /><br />===Hal 158===<br />[Touno: Kau...]<br />[Touno: Aku akan,]<br />[Touno: membuat janji itu denganmu.]<br /><br />[Touno: akan pergi,]<br /><br />[Touno: dan suatu saat,]<br />[Touno: aku akan kalah oleh kekosongan yang tak bisa diisi,]<br />[Touno: dan waktu...]<br />[Touno: Akari,]<br /><br />===Hal 159===<br />[Touno: Suaramu,]<br />[Touno: dan mukamu,]<br />[Touno: aku akan selalu...]<br />[Touno: aku mungkin akan melupakan kedua-duanya.]<br /><br />[Touno: Bagaimana supaya aku bisa mendengarkannya lagi,]<br />[Touno: meskipun semua kekuatan melawan kita?]<br />*)Catatan: Kalimat yang tertulis di surat adalah &quot;Aku selalu menyukaimu&quot;.<br /><br />===Hal 160===<br />[Touno: Apa yang harus kulakukan...]<br />[Touno: untuk melihatmu]<br />[Touno: lagi?]</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/29780</id>
        <title>[Bahasa] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 2 by Gwilthyunman</title>
        <updated>2011-05-27T08:37:58+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>Gwilthyunman</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/29780" />
        <summary type="html"><div class="important">Reserved for Manga:Code Scanlation</div><div class="important">ENG TL: cookie_on_fire<br />Proofreader: Panda-san</div><br />===Hal 67===<br /><strong>Chapter 2 - Kegelisahan</strong><br /><br />===Hal 68===<br /><br />===Hal 69===<br />Teman: Hei Touno, ayo pergi ke klu-<br />Touno: Ah...<br />Touno: Aku bolos hari ini.<br />Teman: Ah, bersiap-siap untuk pindah?<br />Teman: Hari ini sangat buruk-<br />Teman: Bukankah setiap hari menjadi semakin dingin?<br /><br />Teman: Wah, lihat!<br />Teman: Salju! Apa turun salju di luar?<br />Teman: Hah---?<br />Teman: Sudah Maret-<br />Teman: Bukankah itu hujan?<br />Teman: Itu salju-<br />Teman: Oh tidak- Sebaiknya hari ini aku pergi ke klub atau tidak ya-<br /><br />===Hal 70===<br />[Akari: Takaki-kun,]<br />[Akari: aku sangat senang karena kau jauh-jauh datang ke stasiunku,]<br />[Akari: tapi karena itu sangat jauh, tolong berhati-hati.]<br /><br />[Akari: Jam 19:00 seperti yang kita tentukan,]<br />[Akari: aku akan menunggu di ruang tunggu stasiun.]<br /><br />[Akari: Aku benar-benar,]<br />[Touno: Berangkat dari Stasiun Goutokuji jam 15:54.]<br />[Touno: Meninggalkan Shinjuku di lintasan Saikyou jam 16:26.]<br />[Akari: sangat gembira.]<br /><br />===Hal 71===<br />Akari: Takaki-kun! Saljunya turun dengan cepat!<br />Touno: Ya,<br />Touno: saljunya mungkin akan bertumpuk besok.<br /><br />===Hal 72===<br />Akari: Aku ingin mengamati beberapa kepingan salju.<br />Touno: Apakah itu sulit di lakukan?<br />Akari: Ya, jika tidak cukup dingin.<br />Akari: Ini pertama kalinya aku melihat salju di sini.<br />Touno: Kupikir... aku juga sama.<br />Touno: Walaupun biasanya aku belum pernah melihat banyak salju.<br />Akari: Bukankah banyak salju turun di Nagano?<br />Touno: Itu tergantung lokasinya. Di daerahku tidak banyak salju.<br /><br />Akari: Ketika aku pergi ke Tohoku, aku melihat banyak salju.<br />Akari: Ada banyak salju bertumpuk, dan kami pergi ke pemandian terbuka ketika <br /><br />salju turun.<br />Akari: Aku sangat senang sampai aku membuka mulutku untuk memakan saljunya ketika <br /><br />berendam.<br /><br />Akari: Jika aku makan beberapa salju di Tokyo, rasanya pasti tidak enak.<br />Touno: ...Kau baru saja melakukannya.<br /><br />===Hal 73===<br />Akari: Tidak, aku tidak-<br />Touno: Aku melihat salju jatuh ke mulutmu.<br />Akari: Tidak mungkin!<br />Akari: Itu bukan berarti aku memakannya!<br />Touno: Kau memakan beberapa salju yang kotor.<br />Akari: Jangan jahat begitu-<br /><br />[Touno: Sudah satu tahun aku belum mendengar suara Akari.]<br />[Touno: Aku akhirnya bisa mendengarnya hari ini.]<br /><br />===Hal 74===<br /><br />===Hal 75===<br />[Touno: Pergi ke Oomiya jam 16:26.]<br />[Touno: Aku akan baik-baik saja.]<br /><br />Murid: Bagaimana jadinya, dengan orang dari SMA Higashi?<br />Murid: Yang memiliki muka yang dipahat.<br />Murid: Muka dipahat...? Tidak, tidak banyak yang terjadi.<br />Murid: Hah? Tapi kau sering menggodanya.<br />Murid: Walaupun dia dari klub tenis, kami memutuskan untuk mengadakan pesta-<br />Murid: Benarkah? Kau harus mengajakku juga!<br /><br />SFX: *Srrrrrr*<br />Speaker: Sebentar lagi kita akan sampai di Musashiurawa. Musashiurawa.<br /><br />===Hal 76===<br />Speaker: Untuk bertemu dengan kereta ekspres,<br />Speaker: Kereta ini akan berhenti selama 4 menit.<br />Speaker: Bagi yang ingin pergi ke Yonohonmachi, Oomiya,<br />Speaker: tolong tunggu di peron seberang.<br /><br />[Akari: Takaki-kun,]<br />[Akari: Walaupun sekarang sangat dingin, apa kau baik-baik saja?]<br /><br />[Akari: Di sini sudah sering turun salju.]<br />[Akari: Oleh karen itu, aku pergi ke sekolah dengan menggunakan berlapis-lapis <br /><br />pakaian.]<br /><br />===Hal 77===<br />Speaker: Oomiya-<br />Speaker: Terminal Oomiya-<br /><br />Touno: Permis...<br /><br />===Hal 78===<br />Speaker: Kami memiliki sebuah pengumuman untuk para penumpang.<br />Speaker: Untuk kereta dari Koyama ke Utsumiya di lintasan Utsumiya,<br />Speaker: karena salju turun sangat banyak,<br /><br />Speaker: kedatangannya akan ditunda selama 8 menit.<br />Speaker: Kami minta maaf atas ketidaknyamanannya.<br /><br />===Hal 79===<br />*)Catatan: Di kertasnya tertulis Shinjuku -&gt; Oomiya -&gt; Koyama.<br /><br />===Hal 80===<br />Speaker: Keberangkatan kereta ini akan ditunda selama 10 menit karena salju turun <br /><br />sangat banyak.<br />Speaker: Kami minta maaf kepada siapapun yang akan ketinggalan kereta <br /><br />transfernya.<br /><br />[Akari: Takaki-kun,]<br />[Akari: aku benar-benar menantikan tanggal 4 Maret.]<br /><br />===Hal 81===<br />[Akari: Kita belum bertemu sama sekali dalam setahun.]<br />[Akari: Entah kenapa, aku menjadi sedikit gugup.]<br />Speaker: Stasiun berikutnya adalah Kuki, Kuki-<br /><br />Speaker: Kami minta maaf atas keterlambatannya.<br />Speaker: Bagi yang berganti ke lintasan Isesaki milik Tobu Railway, tolong keluar <br /><br />di pintu 5.<br /><br />===Hal 82===<br />Speaker: Karena keterlambatan dari kereta selanjutnya,<br />Speaker: kereta ini akan berhenti di sini selama 10 menit.<br />Speaker: Kami minta maaf atas ketidaknyamanannya.<br /><br />Speaker: Tolong tunggu sebentar.<br /><br />===Hal 83===<br />Touno: Maafkan aku.<br /><br />===Hal 84===<br />[Akari: Dekat di mana aku tinggal]<br /><br />[Akari: ada sebuah pohon sakura yang besar.]<br />[Akari: Setiap musim semi, di sana,]<br /><br />[Akari: kelopak bunga mungkin berjatuhan dengan kecepatan 5 centimeter per <br /><br />detik.]<br />[Akari: Semuanya di sekitarmu, Takaki-kun.]<br /><br />===Hal 85===<br />[Akari: Aku berharap musim semi akan segera datang.]<br />Speaker: Nogi-<br />Speaker: Nogi-<br /><br />Speaker: Kami dengan menyesal memberitahukan kalau,<br />Speaker: Kita akan berhenti di sini sebentar akibat keterlambatan kereta <br /><br />transfer.<br /><br />===Hal 86===<br />Speaker: ...Kami ulangi,<br />Speaker: Kita akan berhenti di sini sebentar akibat keterlambatan kereta <br /><br />transfer.<br /><br />===Hal 87===<br />Akari: Takaki-kun.<br /><br />Akari: Maafkan aku...<br /><br />[Touno: Akari,]<br />[Touno: Ada sesuatu yang ingin kukatakan padamu.]<br /><br />===Hal 88===<br />[Touno: Sesuatu yang aku harus katakan padamu,]<br />[Touno: tak peduli apapun.]<br />Speaker: Terima kasih atas kesabaran anda.<br /><br />Speaker: Kita akan sampai ke Utsumiya sebentar lagi.<br /><br />===Hal 89===<br />Speaker: Koyama-<br />Speaker: Koyama-<br /><br />Speaker: Kami memiliki sebuah pengumuman untuk para penumpang.<br />Speaker: Karena salju turun sangat banyak, kereta lintasan Ryouke...<br /><br />===Hal 90===<br />Speaker: akan sangat terlambat.<br /><br />Speaker: Kami minta maaf atas ketidaknyamanannya.<br />Speaker: Harap menunggu sampai keretanya datang.<br /><br />===Hal 91===<br />[Touno: Kami setuju untuk bertemu jam 19:00,]<br />[Touno: di ruang tunggu stasiun.]<br /><br />===Hal 92===<br />Touno: !<br /><br />===Hal 93===<br /><br />===Hal 94===<br />[Touno: Akari,]<br />[Touno: kau mungkin tahu ini, tapi aku tidak pandai dalam berbicara,]<br /><br />[Touno: jadi apa yang ingin kukatakan padamu,]<br />[Touno: Kutulis di surat ini.]<br /><br />===Hal 95===<br />Touno: ---!<br /><br />Speaker: Keretanya akan datang di jalur nomor 3.<br /><br />===Hal 96===<br /><br />===Hal 97===<br />Speaker: Pengumuman untuk para penumpang:<br />Speaker: Salju menyebabkan masalah pada roda kereta, jadi kita akan berhenti <br /><br />sebentar.<br /><br />Speaker: Dengan ini, kita tidak akan bisa megikuti jadwal.<br /><br />===Hal 98===<br />[Akari: Takaki-kun, apa kabar?]<br /><br />[Akari: Aktivitas klubku mulai di pagi hari, jadi aku menulis surat ini di <br /><br />kereta.]<br /><br />===Hal 99===<br />[Touno: Dari surat Akari,]<br /><br />[Touno: entah kenapa aku selalu membayangkan dia selalu sendirian.]<br /><br />[Touno: Dan mungkin seperti bagaimana aku membayangkannya,]<br />[Touno: kenyataannya, aku...]<br />[Touno sendirian.]<br /><br />===Hal 100===<br />[Touno: Bahkan setelah Akari pergi,]<br />[Touno: aku seharusnya melanjutkan kehidupanku.]<br /><br />[Touno: Tapi,]<br />[Touno: bukan itu yang terjadi.]<br />[Touno: Inilah aku yang sesungguhnya.]<br /><br />===Hal 101===<br />[Touno: ...Akari.]<br /><br />===Hal 102===<br /><br />===Hal 103===<br />Speaker: ...Ashikaga ke Maebashi,<br />Speaker: kereta menuju Takasaki sudah datang.<br />Speaker: Karena salju,<br />Speaker: keretanya akan berhenti sebentar.<br /><br />===Hal 104===<br /><br />===Hal 105===<br /><br />===Hal 106===<br /><br />===Hal 107===<br />Touno: ...Akari.<br /><br />===Hal 108===<br /><br />===Hal 109===<br /><br />===Hal 110===<br /><br />===Hal 111===<br /><br />===Hal 112===</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/29632</id>
        <title>[Bahasa] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 1 by Gwilthyunman</title>
        <updated>2011-05-18T12:07:35+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>Gwilthyunman</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/gwilthyunman/releases/29632" />
        <summary type="html"><div class="important">Reserved for Manga:Code Scanlation</div><div class="important">ENG TL: cookie_on_fire<br />Proofreader: Panda-san</div><br />===Volume 1 Cover Page===<br /><br />===Hal 1===<br /><br />===Hal 2===<br /><br />===Hal 3===<br /><br />===Hal 4===<br /><br />===Hal 5===<br /><strong>Chapter 1 - Sakura</strong><br /><br />===Hal 6===<br />Guru: Ini Shinohara Akari-san.<br />Papan: Shinohara Akari-san<br />Guru: Semuanya, tolong bantu dia dan baik-baiklah padanya.<br />Akari: Senang bertemu denganmu.<br />Teman: Apakah kau mempunyai aksen?<br />Akari: Hm, tidak.<br />Teman: Apakah kau mempunyai nama panggilan?<br />Akari: Seperti Shinohara-san...<br />Teman: Tapi itu biasa saja.<br />Akari: Ari-chan.<br />Teman: Ari?<br /><br />===Hal 7===<br />Touno: Ini,<br />Touno: gunakan ini.<br /><br />===Hal 8===<br />Akari: Terima kasih...<br />Akari: Kita...<br />Akari: di kelas yang sama, kan?<br />Touno: Ya.<br />Touno: Hari ini pasti sangat berat.<br />Akari: Hah?<br />Touno: Aku juga pindah kesini tahun lalu.<br />Touno: Itu kedua kalinya untukku, tapi...<br />Touno: Daripada mengatakan aku tidak terbiasa dengan itu...<br /><br />===Hal 9===<br />Akari: ............<br />Akari: Ya.<br />Akari: itu sangat melelahkan.<br />Touno: Kau berasal darimana?<br />Akari: Shizuoka.<br />Akari: Di pedesaan.<br />Touno: Sama.<br />Touno: Aku dari Nagano.<br />Akari: Begitu.<br />Akari: Aku tidak suka Tokyo. Hanya berjalan saja membuatku gugup.<br />Touno: Gugup, hah.<br />Akari: Ya.<br />Akari: Kau tidak?<br />Touno: Kupikir aku tahu apa maksudmu.<br />Akari: Tapi aku suka perpustakaan.<br />Akari: Ada lebih banyak buku di bandingkan dengan sekolah lamaku.<br /><br />===Hal 10===<br />Akari: Hei, apakah ada tempat lain?<br />Akari: Di sekolah,<br />Akari: yang kau suka ketika kau pertama kali datang kesini?<br />Touno: ............<br />Touno: Hm...<br />Touno: Sesuatu seperti ini...<br />Touno: Tidak ada...<br />Touno: Ah...<br />Touno: Tapi ada sesuatu di jalan menuju ke sekolah.<br />Touno: Sekarang adalah waktu yang tepat.<br />Akari: Mungkinkah itu,<br />Akari: Pohon sakura?<br /><br />===Hal 11===<br />Akari: Mm...<br />Akari: Sakura yang indah.<br />Akari: Sebuah perpustakaan dengan banyak buku yang ingin kubaca.<br />Akari: Aku menemukan 2 hal yang kusuka.<br /><br />===Hal 12===<br />Touno: ............<br />Touno: Kalau begitu, masih ada satu lagi.<br />Touno: Bukankah itu bagus?<br />Akari: Hm...<br />Akari: Ya.<br /><br />===Hal 13===<br />Akari: Itu benar-benar bagus-<br />Touno: Aku akan memberitahumu,<br />Touno: jika aku memikirkan sesuatu yang lain.<br />Touno: Tempat bagus,<br />Touno: atau hal-hal yang menyenangkan untuk dilakukan<br />Akari: Aku juga!<br /><br />===Hal 14===<br />Akari: Selamat pagi, Touno-kun.<br />Akari: Aku ingin menunjukkanmu sesuatu dalam perjalanan pulang hari ini!<br />Akari: Lihat, mereka tidak kabur sama sekali.<br />Akari: Aku ingin tahu apakah mereka hewan peliharaan?<br />Akari: Dia sangat lucu-<br />Akari: Itu seperti sebuah kumis kecil.<br /><br />===Hal 15===<br />Akari: Touno-kun, apa yang akan kau lakukan untuk kegiatan klub?<br />Touno: Hm...<br />Touno: Aku belum menentukannya.<br />Akari: Mungkin aku sebaiknya ikut paduan suara.<br />Touno: Apa kau suka menyanyi?<br />Akari: Ya<br />Akari: Jika kau tidak bisa memutuskan, maukah kau ikut juga?<br />Touno: Aku tidak bisa menyanyi.<br />Touno: Aku benar-benar buta nada.<br />Akari: Tak apa, tidak ada lomba atau apapun.<br />Touno: Suaraku benar-benar jelek.<br />Touno: Jadi tidak.<br />Akari: ............<br />Touno: ............<br />Touno: Fiuh---<br /><br />===Hal 16===<br />Touno: Matahari pagi---bersinar---dengan terang---<br />Touno: Gedung---sekolah---<br />Touno: ............<br />Touno: Kau boleh tertawa.<br /><br />===Hal 17===<br />Teman: Shinohara-san, kau tidak bisa melakukan putaran ke belakang?<br />Akari: Ya...<br />Guru: Touno-kun, jangan memaksakan dirimu terlalu keras.<br /><br />===Hal 18===<br />Akari: Jadi kau sakit asma... Itu pasti sulit.<br />Touno: Itu bukah masalah yang besar.<br />Akari: Ah---lagi!<br />Touno: ?<br />Akari: Lihat.<br />Akari: Kau selalu membaca buku yang kupinjam sebelum aku.<br />Touno: ............<br />Touno: Buku yang menarik,<br />Touno: itu.<br />Touno: Tapi ada satu hal yang tidak kumengerti.<br />Akari: Benarkah?<br />Touno: Aku akan membicarakannya setelah kau selesai membacanya.<br />Akari: Oke!<br /><br />===Hal 19===<br />Teman: Touno, jadi ini klub yang kau pilih?<br />Touno: Ya.<br />Touno: Tidak ada sesuatu pun yang ingin kulakukan...<br />Teman: Apa yang ingin kau lakukan?<br />Touno: Aku tidak tahu apa-apa selain shougi*.<br />*)Shougi adalah catur Jepang.<br />Teman: Baiklah---<br />Paduan suara: Orang-orang--yang--bermimpi---<br />Paduan suara: menginginkan--<br />Paduan suara: sebuah--kebahagiaan--<br /><br />===Hal 20===<br />Akari: Touno-kun!<br />Akari: Aku sudah selesai membaca &quot;The Flying Garden&quot; kemarin.<br />Touno: Hah?<br />Touno: Sudah?<br />Akari: Itu sangat menarik, jadi aku membacanya langsung.<br />Touno: Kau seharusnya memberi tahuku pagi ini.<br />Akari: Aku ingin membicarakannya dalam perjalanan pulang.<br />Teman: Lihat---<br />Teman: Mereka berdua-<br />*)Catatan: Bukunya sudah dipinjam oleh Touno dan Akari.<br /><br />===Hal 21===<br />Teman: Wah!<br />Teman: Touno<br />Touno: Apa?<br />Teman: Bukan,<br />Teman: bukan apa-apa!<br /><br />===Hal 22===<br />*)Catatan: Orang-orang mengolok-olok mereka berdua bersama-sama.<br /><br />===Hal 23===<br /><br />===Hal 24===<br />Touno: Hah!<br />Touno: Hah!<br />Touno: Hah!<br />Touno: Hah!<br />Touno: Hah!<br /><br />===Hal 25===<br />Akari: Hah!<br />Akari: Hah!<br />Touno &amp; Akari: Hah!<br />Touno &amp; Akari: Hah!<br />Akari: Hah!<br />Akari: Hah!<br />Akari: To-!<br />Akari: Touno-kun.<br />Akari: Aku tidak bisa,<br />Akari: berlari lagi!<br /><br />===Hal 26===<br />Touno &amp; Akari: Ha---<br />Touno &amp; Akari: Ha---<br />Touno: Ah!<br />Akari: Fufu!<br />Akari: Fu!<br />Akari: Kukuku!<br />Akari: Fufu!<br /><br />===Hal 27===<br />Akari: Fu!<br />Akari: Kuh!<br />Akari: Fu!<br />Touno: Pft!<br />Akari: Hii!<br />Akari: Kufufu!<br />Akari: Fufu!<br />Touno: Ahaha!<br />Touno: Haha!<br />Akari: Ah!<br />Akari: Jejak pesawat.<br />Akari: Touno-kun.<br />Touno: Hm?<br />Akari: Um...<br /><br />===Hal 28===<br />Akari: Bolehkah aku memanggilmu Takaki-kun?<br />Touno: Tentu...<br />Touno: Ini.<br />Akari: Terima kasih.<br />Akari: Ah,<br />Akari: Itu Chobi dan Mimi-<br />Akari: Mereka kepanasan.<br /><br />===Hal 29===<br />Touno: Mereka bilang kalau kucing berada di tempat tersejuk.<br />Akari: Begitu.<br />Akari: Mereka sangat pintar-<br />Akari: Oh ya,<br />Akari: Takaki-kun, kau mau menjadi apa saat kau besar nanti?<br />Touno: Hah?<br />Touno: Kenapa tiba-tiba bertanya itu...?<br />Akari: Kemarin kita membicarakannya di rumah.<br />Akari: Aku berpikir kalau aku mungkin ingin bekerja di kebun binatang atau sesuatu.<br />Touno: Wow, sungguh tak terduga.<br />Akari: Itu karena kita tidak akan bisa mempunyai hewan peliharan di mana kita tinggal.<br />Touno: Begitu.<br />Touno: Aku... punya ide tentang cita-citaku.<br />Touno: Tapi kau pasti akan mentertawakanku.<br />Akari: Tidak akan!<br />Touno: ...Seorang astronaut.<br /><br />===Hal 30===<br />Akari: Itu mengagumkan.<br />Akari: Aku membaca 4 milyar tahun dalam semalam.<br />Akari: Itu sangat menyenangkan, bisa membaca sebanyak itu dalam semalam.<br />Touno: Di mana kau sekarang?<br />Akari: Saat dimana Anomalocaris muncul.<br />Touno &amp; Akari: Periode Kambrium!<br />Touno: Apa itu, Hallucigenia?<br />Touno: Hehe!<br />Akari: Aku menyukainya.<br />Akari: Seperti ini.<br />Touno: Itu terlihat mirip!<br /><br />===Hal 31===<br />Akari: Takaki-kun, mana yang kau suka?<br />Touno: Mungkin Opabinia.<br />Akari: Yang memiliki 5 mata...<br />Akari: Haruskah aku memotong kentangnya untuk matanya?<br />Touno: Pertama, potong kakinya menjadi dua...<br />Akari: Pagi---Tidak,<br />Akari: Selamat Tahun Baru.<br />Touno: Ya, Selamat Tahun Baru.<br />Akari: Takaki-kun, ini kartumu.<br />Touno: Heh!<br /><br />===Hal 32===<br />Akari: Takaki-kun,<br />Akari: kita berada di kelas yang berbeda sekarang.<br />Touno: Ya.<br />Akari: Kau tahu.<br />Akari: Kelasku hanya di sebelah, tapi aku merasa ingin menangis.<br />Akari: Itu sangat aneh...<br />Touno: ............<br />Touno: Aku akan ikut paduan suara.<br />Akari: Hah?<br /><br />===Hal 33===<br />Touno: Untuk aktivitas klubku tahun ini,<br />Touno: aku akan ikut paduan suara.<br />Akari: ............<br />Akari: Aku berpikir untuk menggantinya tahun ini.<br />Akari: Ke klub sains.<br />Akari: Itu klub baru tahun ini.<br />Akari: Kami akan melakukan eksperimen.<br />Akari: Bukankah itu terdengar menyenangkan?<br />Touno: Ya.<br /><br />===Hal 34===<br />Akari: Jadi Neanderthals dibunuh oleh Homo sapiens?<br />Touno: Itu tidak benar.<br />Touno: Cuacanya menjadi lebih hangat, dan mereka tidak bisa beradaptasi.<br />Touno: Dan Homo sapiens bisa, jadi mereka memperluas daerah mereka.<br />Touno: Karena itu, Neanderthals hanya mempunyai sedikit tempat untuk hidup... Menurutku.<br />Akari: Jika jumlah mereka menurun, dan mereka akhirnya punah,<br />Akari: maka orang terakhir pasti benar-benar kesepian.<br />Touno: Itu benar untuk semua hewan punah.<br />Touno: Kau besok beristirahat, kan?<br />Akari: Ya, aku demam.<br />Akari: Aku sangat mudah terkena demam, benar-benar menjengkelkan.<br />Akari: Takaki-kun, kau tidak bolos sekolah beberapa hari ini.<br />Touno: Ya, asmaku tidak kambuh lagi.<br />Akari: Itu melewati udara seperti ini kan?<br />Akari: Cahayanya mengenai partikel diudara dan terjadi refleksi membaur<br />Akari: Dan,<br />Akari: tergantung pada warna dari cahanyanya, itu akan dipantulkan dengan berbeda.<br /><br />===Hal 35===<br />Akari: Aku kaget banyak orang akan mengambil ujian masuk SMP<br />Akari: Tempat dimana aku berasal, semuanya masuk ke sekolah negeri terdekat secara otomatis.<br />Touno: Bukankah itu karena ada banyak sekolah swasta di Tokyo? Kupikir aku akan mengambilnya juga.<br />Akari: Benarkah? Kau mau ke sekolah apa?<br />Touno: Orang tuaku bilang kalau Nishichuu sangat bagus.<br />Akari: Nishichuu hah... apa yang harus kulakukan?<br />Akari: Alangkah baiknya jika aku bisa masuk, tapi aku buruk di Matematika.<br />Touno: Aku yakin kau pasti bisa masuk.<br />Akari: Mungkin...<br /><br />===Hal 36===<br />Akari: ...5 sentimeter per detik, mereka bilang.<br />Touno: Untuk apa?<br />Akari: Kecepatan kelopak bunga sakura saat jatuh.<br />Akari: 5 sentimeter per detik.<br /><br />===Hal 37===<br />Touno: Begitu...<br />Akari: Bukankah kau tahu?<br />Touno: Tidak.<br />Akari: Aku membacanya di sebuah buku ilustrasi baru-baru ini.<br />Akari: Ada hal lain juga.<br />Akari: Coba aku ingat-ingat.<br />Akari: Hujan adalah 5 meter per detik.<br />Akari: Awan adalah 1 centimeter per detik, dan---<br />Touno: Awan?<br />Touno: Kecepatan saat awan bergerak?<br />Akari: Tidak, kecepatan saat jatuh.<br />Touno: Jatuh? Awan?<br />Akari: Ya. Awan terlihat mengapung, tapi sebenarnya mereka jatuh.<br />Akari: Itu ketika tetesan hujan kecil berkumpul.<br />Akari: Karena tetesannya jatuh perlahan-lahan, mereka menjadi semakin besar,<br />Akari: dan akhirnya jatuh ke tanah sebagai hujan atau salju.<br /><br />===Hal 38===<br />Touno: ...Hm.<br />Akari: Hmm.<br />Touno: Hei...<br />Touno: Jangan membuat muka seperti itu.<br />Akari: Kyahaha!<br />Touno: Ah!<br />Touno: Hei,<br />Touno: tunggu!<br /><br />===Hal 39===<br />Touno: Akari!<br />Akari: Takaki-kun.<br /><br />===Hal 40===<br />Akari: Aku berharap...<br />Akari: kita bisa melihat sakura bersama-sama lagi tahun depan.<br />SFX: *Riiiing*<br />SFX: *Riiiing*<br />SFX: *Riiiing*<br />SFX: *Riiiing*<br /><br />===Hal 41===<br />Mama: Takaki, ada telpon untukmu.<br />Mama: Dari Akari-chan.<br />Touno: Hah?<br />Touno: Pindah sekolah?<br />Akari: Ayahku mengganti pekerjaannya...<br />Akari: Jadi kami akan pindah ke Iwafune, Tochigi.<br />Touno: ............<br /><br />===Hal 42===<br />Akari: ...Takaki-kun?<br />Touno: Hah!<br />Akari: Takaki-kun...<br />Akari: Um...<br />Touno: Nishichuu...<br />Akari: Hm?<br />Touno: Nishichuu...<br /><br />===Hal 43===<br />Touno: Lalu bagaimana dengan Nishichuu?<br />Touno: Mereka bahkan menerimamu.<br />Akari: ............<br />Akari: Aku akan pergi ke sekolah swasta di sana.<br />Touno: Begitu...<br />Touno: ...~~~~~~<br /><br />===Hal 44===<br />Touno: ............<br />Akari: Maafkan aku...<br />Touno: ~~~~~~~~<br />Touno: Akari,<br />Touno: kau tak perlu meminta maaf...<br />Touno: untuk hal itu...<br />Akari: Aku bilang padanya kalau aku ingin pergi ke Nishichuu dari rumah tanteku di Katsushika.<br />Akari: Aku bilang padanya,<br />Akari: tapi...<br />Akari: Dia bilang,<br />Akari: *Hic*<br />Akari: *Hic*<br />Akari: aku tidak bisa melakukannya sampai...<br />Akari: aku lebih dewasa.<br /><br />===Hal 45===<br />Akari: ...Dia bilang.<br />Touno: ...!<br />Touno: Aku...<br />Touno: Aku mengerti!<br />Touno: Jadi...<br />Touno: berhentilah...<br /><br />===Hal 46===<br />Touno: Maaf...<br />Akari: Maafkan aku...<br />Akari: *Hic*<br />Akari: *Hic*<br />Akari: !<br />Akari: Ah.<br />Akari: Tunggu,<br />Akari: tunggu sebentar!<br /><br />===Hal 47===<br />SFX: Piiip---<br />SFX: Piip---<br />SFX: Piip---<br />SFX: Piip---<br />SFX: Piip---<br />SFX: Piip---<br />SFX: Piip---<br />SFX: Piip---<br /><br />===Hal 48===<br /><br />===Hal 49===<br />Akari: ...Selamat pagi.<br />Touno: Pagi...<br /><br />===Hal 50===<br />Akari: Ah...<br /><br />===Hal 51===<br />Akari: Takaki-kun.<br /><br />===Hal 52===<br />Akari: Hari ini adalah hari perpisahan.<br />Guru: Kelas satu--- lari 5 kali!<br />Murid: Hai!<br /><br />===Hal 53===<br />Guru: Mulai dari orang yang selesai duluan---<br />Touno: Hai!<br />Teman: Ikh-<br />Teman: Tim sepakbola Nishichuu tidak terlalu bagus bukan?<br />Teman: Sangat bersemangat.<br />Teman: Yoshino beruntung... dia diperlakukan seperti murid kelas dua.<br />Touno: Anggota klub itu spesial kau tahu.<br />Teman: Tapi Touno, kau bermain sepakbola sebelumnya, kan?<br />Touno: Hah, tidak.<br />Teman: Benarkah?<br />Teman: Tapi kau kelihatan seperti kau sudah bermain sebelumnya.<br />Touno: Aku bergabung karena aku ingin menjadi lebih kuat.<br />Teman: Apa-?<br />Teman: Apa kau menonton &quot;Radiowave Shounen&quot; kemarin?<br />Touno: Tidak,<br />Touno: aku belajar untuk tes.<br />Teman: Orang aneh! Orang aneh!<br />Teman: Jangan mengingatkanku pada sesuatu yang tak menyenangkan.<br /><br />===Hal 54===<br />[Akari: Touno Takaki-sama,]<br /><br />===Hal 55===<br />[Akari: Terakhir kali kita bertemu di upacara kelulusan sekolah dasar,]<br />[Akari: dan sekarang sudah setengah tahun semenjak itu.]<br />[Akari: Hei, Takaki-kun,]<br />[Akari: apa kau masih mengingatku?]<br />[Akari: Shinohara Akari-sama,]<br /><br />===Hal 56===<br />[Touno: Terima kasih atas suratnya.]<br />[Touno: Maaf karena membalasnya terlalu lama.]<br />[Touno: Tapi pada waktu itu,]<br />[Touno: aku membaca suratmu berulang-ulang kali.]<br />Touno: Fiuh.<br /><br />===Hal 57===<br />[Akari: Untuk Takaki-kun,]<br />[Akari: Terima kasih atas balasannya. Itu membuatku senang.]<br />[Akari: Beberapa hari ini, aktivitas klubku mulai sangat pagi,]<br />[Akari: jadi aku menulis surat ini di kereta.]<br />[Touno: Seperti itu, hah...]<br />*)Catatan: Akari membicarakan tentang seragam di suratnya.<br />Teman: Touno---<br />Teman: Kenapa kau memandangi murid-murid perempuan dari Sawachuu-?<br />Touno: Bukan begitu!<br /><br />===Hal 58===<br />[Akari: Baru-baru ini aku memotong rambutku.]<br />[Akari: Rambutku menjadi sangat pendek sehingga telingaku keliatan.]<br />[Akari: Bahkan jika kau melihatku, kau mungkin tak akan mengenaliku lagi.]<br />[Akari: Takaki-kun,]<br />[Akari: kau pasti sudah banyak berubah juga.]<br />[Akari: Dan mulai sekarang, sedikit demi sedikit,]<br />[Akari: Kau mungkin akan terus berubah.]<br /><br />===Hal 59===<br />Touno: Chobi,<br />Touno: Mimi.<br />Touno: Sudah lama ya.<br />Touno: Hah, ternyata kau mempunyai kalung sekarang.<br />Touno: ...Akari menulis tentang kalian di suratnya.<br />Touno: Dia ingin tahu bagaimana keadaanmu.<br />Touno: Dan kalau kalian mungkin sudah lupa padanya.<br /><br />===Hal 60===<br />Touno: ...Hei.<br />Touno: Apa kau pernah pergi ke Tochigi?<br />Teman: Tidak.<br />Touno: Aku ingin tahu bagaimana caranya aku sampai kesana...<br />Teman: Entahlah--- Mungkin dengan Shinkansen?<br />Touno: Itu sangat jauh...<br />Teman: Kagoshima lebih jauh lagi.<br />Teman: ?<br />Teman: Kagoshima?<br />Teman: Kau belum mendengarnya?<br />Teman: Touno akan pindah ke Kagoshima.<br />Teman: Hah!?<br />Teman: Yang benar!?<br />Guru: Kelas satu---!<br />Touno &amp; Teman: Hai!<br /><br />===Hal 61===<br />[Akari: Takaki-kun, ketika kau memberi tahuku kalau kau akan pindah sekolah,]<br />[Akari: aku sangat terkejut.]<br />[Akari: Kita berdua sudah terbiasa dengan itu, tapi Kagoshima...]<br />[Akari: Kali ini, sangat jauh, ya.]<br />[Akari: Dengan jarak sejauh itu, kita tidak akan bisa bertemu menggunakan kereta lagi.]<br />[Akari: Itu membuatku...]<br />[Akari: sedikit kesepian.]<br />[Touno: Shinohara Akari-sama,]<br />[Touno: Aku baru tahu kalau aku bisa transit sekali dalam perjalanan dari Shinjuku ke Iwafune dengan kereta.]<br /><br />===Hal 62===<br />[Touno: Sebelum kita semakin menjauh,]<br />[Touno: maukah kau bertemu sekali?]<br />[Touno: Kalau begitu, sudah di tentukan. Tanggal 4 Maret.]<br />[Touno: Setelah pelajaran, jika aku tidak ikut aktivitas klub dan pergi langsung, aku akan sampai di sana sekitar jam 7.]<br />[Touno: Aku akan mengambil kereta terakhir 2 jam kemudian untuk pulang.]<br />[Touno: Aku ingin melihatmu jadii...]<br /><br />===Hal 63===<br />Touno: Fiuh.<br />[Touno: Aku menghabiskan waktu dua minggu menulis surat untuk Akari.]<br /><br />===Hal 64===<br />[Touno: Itu pertama kalinya dalam hidupku kalau aku menulis...]<br />[Touno: sesuatu seperti surat cinta.]<br /><br />===Hal 65===<br /><br />===Hal 66===</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/29470</id>
        <title>[English] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 5 by cookie_on_fire</title>
        <updated>2011-05-02T00:49:00+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>cookie_on_fire</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/29470" />
        <summary type="html">Reserved for Manga:Code. Do not use without my permission.<br /><br />Page 1<br />Chapter 5: Cosmonaut<br /><br />Page 2<br />Kanae: Uwah!<br />Touno: Huh?<br />Touno: Sumida.<br />Kanae: Ah...<br />Kanae: Touno-kun.<br />       Are you going home?<br /><br />Page 3<br />Touno: Why are you over here...<br />Kanae: Ah! I had to do something in that classroom over there. Ehehe!<br />Touno: I see...<br />Kanae(thought): This is earlier than usual...<br />Touno: Are you going home now?<br />Kanae: Ah!<br />Kanae(thought): I'm acting too suspiciously!<br />Kanae: Yeah.<br />       That's right-<br />Touno: Then why don't we go together?<br />Box: Touno-kun...<br />Box: Is so nice even to someone like me.<br />Kanae: Sure!<br /><br />Page 4<br />Kanae: Ah!<br />Kanae: I forgot.<br />Touno: ...A postcard?<br />Kanae: Ehehe...<br />Kanae: It's for a friend who transferred away in third year middle school.<br />       We were good friends, so I send her a New Year's card and a card in the summer every year.<br />Kanae: Her parents are really strict and won't let her have a cellphone. That's why I have to send postcards.<br />Touno: Third year...you mean Yamashita-san?<br />Kanae: Yeah! Do you remember her?<br />Touno: Yeah. I wonder where she went...<br />Kanae: Hyogo prefecture.<br />       Now she even writes in Kansai-ben.<br />Kanae: She always puts on photo stickers on her replies, but she's really showy now!<br />       But even though her outer appearance changed, she's still the same person on the inside.<br />Kanae: Touno-kun, do you exchange letters with your friends in Tokyo?<br /><br />Page 5<br />Kanae: ...<br />Kanae: Um...<br />Kanae: S...sorry, for being nosy.<br />Kanae: And for asking.<br />Touno: Ah, no.<br />Touno: I did at first.<br />Touno: The replies became slower on both sides.<br />Touno: And now we don't keep in touch anymore...<br />Kanae: I see...<br /><br />Page 6<br />Kanae: But...writing letters tend to become like that.<br />Kanae: I'm the same with Yama-cha...not Yamashita-san...a friend who moved away in elementary school.<br />       We have always been friends you know. We wrote to each other for a bit, but...<br />Kanae: Naturally, we just stopped.<br />Kanae: We started talking about people the other didn't know.<br />Kanae: And then we ran out of topics to write about.<br />Kanae: Then, maybe I'm bothering her,<br />       Is how I started to feel...<br />Kanae: Hey!<br />Kanae: Maybe sending a New Year's card would work.<br />Kanae: Because Yama-chan sends me those, I feel I should do the same...<br />       Although we don't call each other...so it'll be really late.<br /><br />Page 7<br />Kanae: But if I send one, I'll feel connected again.<br />Kanae: And so...<br />Kanae: ...Maybe I'm wrong.<br />Kanae: Well,<br />Kanae: Sorry.<br />Touno: No, that's not it.<br />Touno: ...I guess you're right.<br />Touno: I understand.<br /><br />Page 8<br />Touno: ...Let's go.<br />Kanae: Ah,<br />       Ok.<br />Touno: There's a TV show that I want to watch today.<br />Kanae: Huh? Touno-kun, you watch TV!?<br />Touno: I do.<br />Touno: It's a special program for the rocket that they're launching.<br />Kanae: Ah, I knew it...<br />Speaker: Third-year, Class 3, Sumida Kanae-san.<br />Speaker: Itou-sensei is calling for you.<br />Speaker: Please come to the student counseling room.<br />Speaker: Ping-pong, pang-pong. TN: It's the sound that marks the end of the announcement.<br />Guy: Isn't that your girlfriend?<br /><br />Page 9<br />Touno: She's not my girlfriend.<br />Itou: You're the only one who hasn't handed it in-<br />Kanae: I'm sorry...<br />Itou: Although...it seems to be giving you a lot trouble.<br />Itou: Have you tried talk to Sumida-sensei about it?<br />Box: This has nothing...<br />Kanae: No...<br />Box: To do with onee-chan...<br />Itou: Sigh...<br />Itou: With your grades, you can go to junior college or start working.<br />      If your parents don't want you to go to Kyushu for junior college, you would be finding work within this prefecture.<br />Itou: Those are your choices.<br /><br />Page 10<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 11<br />Kanae: Buah!<br />Kanae(thought): This is not the place for me.<br />Kanae(thought): I really think...<br />Kanae(thought): That I don't belong here.<br />Kanae(thought): But I don't know where I want to go.<br />Kanae(thought): And I don't have legs that can carry me somewhere.<br /><br />Page 12<br />Woman: Kanae-<br />Kanae(thought): With me like this...<br />Woman: Home?<br />       School?<br />Kanae: ...<br />Kanae: School.<br />Box: &quot;Have a long talk with your sister tonight.&quot;<br />Box: &quot;I'll talk to her about it too.&quot;<br />Kanae(thought): I wonder why I don't say anything about it.<br />Kanae(thought): She naturally starts fussing.<br />Kanae(thought): Somehow,<br />Kanae(thought): It's painful.<br /><br />Page 13<br />So I guess he's gone already...<br />Ah.<br />I'm so terrible these days-<br />It's just not my day today...<br /><br />Page 14<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 15<br />Touno-kun...!<br />Touno-kun!<br />Touno-kun!<br /><br />Page 16<br />Kanae(thought): He's doing it again...<br />Kanae(thought): I shouldn't do it.<br />Kanae(thought): I shouldn't disturb him...<br />Touno: Huh?<br />       Sumida?<br />Kanae: !<br />Touno: Hey.<br />       You sure know where find me.<br /><br />Page 17<br />Kanae: ...Ehehe.<br />Kanae: I came here because saw your motorcycle.<br />Kanae: Sorry...<br />Touno: I see.<br />       I'm glad.<br />Kanae: Huh?<br />Touno: Since I didn't see you at the parking lot today.<br />Box: I wonder when it began...<br />Kanae: Same here!<br />Box: That whenever he is nice to me,<br />Kanae: Sorry to disturb you!<br />Box: It makes my heart throb.<br /><br />Page 18<br />Box: I wonder since when...<br />Kanae: Hey,<br />       Touno-kun, you are taking university exams right?<br />Box: It became that,<br />Touno: Yeah.<br />Box: Happiness also comes with pain.<br />Touno: I'll take the one for Tokyo University.<br />Kanae: Tokyo...<br />Kanae: I see...<br />Kanae: That's what I thought.<br />Touno: How come?<br />Kanae: It feels like you want to go far away.<br />       Somehow.<br /><br />Page 19<br />Touno: I see...<br />       What about you?<br />Kanae: Me?<br />Kanae: ...I,<br />Kanae: Don't even know what I want to do tomorrow.<br />Kanae: ...Even.<br />Kanae: I think.<br />Touno: It's the same with everyone.<br />Kanae: Huh?<br />       No way!<br />Kanae: You too?<br />Touno: Of course.<br />Kanae: It doesn't seem like you're worried at all.<br />Touno: No way...<br />Kanae: All I do is worry.<br />Touno: I...<br />Touno: Am only somehow managing the things I can do.<br />Touno: Nothing else.<br /><br />Page 20<br />...<br />I see...<br />Is that so...<br /><br />Page 21<br />Touno: ...<br />Touno: A paper plane?<br />Kanae: Yep!<br /><br />Page 22<br />Woman: What have you been doing so late?<br />Woman: Hurry and take a bath, or you'll catch a cold!<br />Kanae: Sigh...<br /><br />Page 23<br />Wow...<br />It's going 5 kilometers an hour they say.<br />All the way to the launch site in Minamitane.<br /><br />Page 24<br />Touno: ...Yeah.<br />Kanae: They'll be launching it this year huh.<br />Touno: Yeah...it going very far into the solar system.<br />Touno: It will take many years...<br />Kanae: Touno-kun,<br />Kanae: You like these kind of things, huh.<br />Touno: I loved science as a child.<br />       I bought books like &quot;Newton&quot;.<br />Kanae: Then have you been to the space center?<br />Touno: Right after we moved here.<br />Touno: I...really treasured the memory.<br />Kanae: Is that so...<br /><br />Page 25<br />Kanae: It didn't seem like it would rain today-<br />Touno: Let's hurry.<br />Kanae: Bye, Touno-kun, be careful.<br />Touno: Yeah.<br />       Sumida,<br />Touno: Sorry about getting you wet today.<br />Kanae: No way, no way!<br />Kanae: It's not your fault!<br /><br />Page 26<br />Touno: But I'm glad we got to talk.<br />Touno: See you tomorrow.<br />Touno: Be careful to not catch a cold.<br />       Good night.<br />Kanae: Yeah...<br />Kanae: Good night, Touno-kun!<br /><br />Page 27<br />Kanae: Good night, Touno-kun.<br />Kanae: Wow- Today is stew-!<br />Kanae: It looks good-<br />Woman: Isn't a midsummer stew nice?<br />       Go dry your hair.<br />Kanae: Ok.<br />       Oh, hey.<br />Kanae: Itou-sensei talked to you today, didn't he?<br />Woman: Yeah...he did say a few things.<br />Kanae: Sorry for the trouble.<br />Woman: There's no need to apologize.<br />Woman: It's fine to decide slowly.<br />Kanae: Ok...<br />Mom: Kanae,<br />     Did yo do something bad?<br />Woman: It's no big deal. That teacher is just being paranoid.<br />Mom: No big deal you say...<br />     Is it really ok?<br />Kanae(thought): Thank you, onee-chan.<br />Kanae: Kabu-<br /><br />Page 28<br />Kanae: Hey, Kabu.<br />Kanae: I talked a lot with Touno-kun today.<br />Kanae: He said he's also confused...<br />Kanae: He is...<br />Kanae: Just like  me.<br />Text: It is a really unspeakably lonely journey.<br />Text: Single-mindedly moving in the darkness.<br />Text: Not even being able to see a single hydrogen atom.<br />Text: Simply, simply, moving toward the secrets of the world within an abyss.<br /><br />Page 29<br />Text: Just like that,<br />Text: I wonder how far we will go.<br />SFX: *Beep*<br />SFX: *Beep*<br />Screen: Would you like to save? Yes/No<br /><br />Page 30<br />In wonder since when...<br />I got into a habit of typing out texts that I will never send.<br /><br />Page 31<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 32<br />SFX: *Beep*<br />Screen: I don't remember which of us stopped writing letters first.<br />Text: If there is nothing important anymore, then the letters lose their meaning.<br />Text: We both grab ahold of the present,<br />Text: Almost as if severing the bond between us...running away from the fact that we are so far away,<br />Text: And it became an exchange of meaningless words with no attachment.<br /><br />Page 33<br />I have always thought the same thing.<br />Even if I never see you again, this feeling won't change.<br /><br />Page 34<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 35<br />Guy: I would like to go out with you.<br />Akari: ...I'm sorry.<br />Akari: ...<br />Guy: Ah...<br />Guy: I see.<br />Akari: Ah,<br />       That's not it.<br />Akari: Um...<br />Akari: Will you wait for my reply...?<br /><br />Page 36<br />Takaki-kun.<br />You aren't here with me.<br />I can feel your thoughts every time I'm at Iwafune Station. TN: It's the station where the two met up.<br />But,<br />Even that,<br />Is gradually disappearing.<br /><br />Page 37<br />Takaki-kun.<br />Do you have someone that you like?<br />What are you thinking about,<br />In a place that I don't know?<br />Am I...<br />Already a memory for you?</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/29455</id>
        <title>[English] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 4 by cookie_on_fire</title>
        <updated>2011-05-01T04:40:40+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>cookie_on_fire</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/29455" />
        <summary type="html">Reserved for Manga:Code. Do not use without my permission.<br /><br />Page 1<br />Chapter 4: Kanae's Feelings<br /><br />Page 2<br />Kya!<br /><br />Page 3<br />Kanae: Hah...<br />Woman: Kanae.<br />Woman: How was it?<br />Kanae: Today is no good either.<br />Kanae: It was all offshore wind...<br />Woman: Oh well, there's no need to rush...<br />       Are you coming here again after school?<br />Kanae: Yeah, are you fine with that, onee-chan?<br />Woman: It's fine- But you have to do your studies too-<br />Kanae: Haaai.<br /><br />Page 4<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 5<br />Kanae: Phew...<br />Kanae(thought): Ok!<br /><br />Page 6<br />Touno: Sumida.<br />Touno: Morning.<br />Kanae: Good morning, Touno-kun.<br />       You're up early again today.<br />Touno: Yeah...<br />Touno: Sumida, you went to the ocean, right?<br />Kanae: Yeah.<br />Touno: You're sure working hard.<br />Kanae: Huh?<br /><br />Page 7<br />Kanae: Th-<br />       That's not-<br />Kanae: Fuheh!<br />Kanae: See you later, Touno-kun.<br />Touno: Alright.<br />Touno: Later.<br />Kanae(thought): Kya-<br />Kanae(thought): I made a really weird sound.<br />Kanae(thought): But...<br />Kanae(thought): I'm so happy-!<br /><br />Page 8<br />Girl: Good for you-<br />Girl: You have to decide soon-<br />Girl: Go talk with your family and fill out the form.<br />Girl: I hear that Sasaki-san was accepted to an university in Osaka.<br />Girl: From Class 1? Wow.<br />Girl: Maybe it's Kumamoto Junior College for me-<br />Girl: What about you, Kanae:<br />Kanae: Huh...?<br />Girl: Are you going to start working?<br />Kanae: Yeah...<br />Girl: You really are thinking about nothing.<br />Girl: Only about Touno-kun.<br />Girl: He definitely has a girlfriend in Tokyo.<br />Kanae: Hey!<br />Girl: Ahaha!<br /><br />Page 9<br />Girl: Where are you going, Kanae-<br />Girl: She ran away.<br />Kanae: I'm going to go buy a drink!<br />Girl: Again!?<br />Girl: Oh yeah! Go to Class 1 and ask Touno-kun &quot;where are you going? &lt;3&quot;<br />Kanae: Shut up-<br />Girl: Buy me an orange soda-<br />Kanae(thought): Geez...<br />Kanae(thought): I never told them about Touno-kun...and yet they just make fun of me...<br />Box: ...Speaking of which, there's going to be a launch.<br />Box: It feels like forever since the last one.<br />Box: I'm sure that it will be nice to see it together.<br />Box: ...If I can, that is.<br /><br />Page 10<br />Woman: It's still not going well?<br />Kanae: Yeah...<br />Kanae: I was standing up fine in the beginning...<br />Kanae: So I wonder what happened...<br /><br />Page 11<br />Woman: Don't worry too much about it.<br />Woman: You'll be able to do it again.<br />Kanae: It's nice to be so carefree.<br />Woman: ?<br />       Why are you so worried? You're doing it because you want to.<br />Kanae: ...<br />Woman: If this keeps up, you won't make it by graduation.<br />Girl: Sumida-sensei, goodbye.<br />Woman: Bye.<br />Kanae: Thanks, onee-chan.<br />Woman: Should I give you a ride?<br />Kanae: No, I'll go by motorcycle.<br /><br />Page 12<br />Touno: Sumida,<br />Touno: Are you going back now?<br />Kanae: Yeah.<br />       What about you, Touno-kun?<br /><br />Page 13<br />Touno: Yeah...<br />Touno: Do you want to go together then?<br />Kanae(thought): Ah, I'm glad...<br />Kanae(thought): That I'm not a dog.<br />Box: ---Is what I seriously thought.<br />Box: I was shocked by my stupidity.<br />Box: ...Since the very beginning,<br /><br />Page 14<br />Box: Touno-kun was a bit different from the rest of the guys.<br />Box: At the beginning of the second year,<br />Touno: I'm Touno Takaki.<br />Box: For me, Nishonoomote is considered a city, and Kagoshima a metropolitan city.<br />Touno: Due to my father's work, we moved here from Tokyo.<br />Box: Touno-kun came from a completely different world called &quot;Tokyo&quot;.<br />Box: His words on the first of the transfer:<br />Touno: I'm already used to moving,<br />       But I haven't gotten used to being here yet.<br />Box: If it were me, I probably would have panicked and not been able to say anything.<br />Touno: Pleased to meet you.<br />Box: I started to like him on that day.<br /><br />Page 15<br />Box: And always watched him from afar.<br />Kanae(thought): I'm glad that our names are so close.<br />TN: For the Japanese &quot;alphabet&quot;, &quot;To&quot; and &quot;Su&quot; are very close. She's talking about seating based on last names.<br />Box: I didn't get to talk with him very much, but...<br />Box: My heart pounds from just seeing him,<br />Box: And I'm happy to hear his voice.<br />Box: I wanted to go to the same high school, so I studied really hard and managed to pass.<br />Box: But of course we were assigned to different classes,<br />Box: So again, I can only watch him from far away.<br />Box: It was really by chance that I got close to him.<br />Girl: Culture festival...is here-<br />Kanae: We-<br />Girl: We're from Class 1-3.<br /><br />Page 16<br />Kanae(thought): Touno-kun...!<br />Girl: Let's sit over here-<br />Guy: Ah- You're reps from Class 3?<br />Guy: What's wrong?<br />Kanae: Huh?<br />Kanae: !!<br />Guy: We're from Class 1-<br />Touno: Ah...<br />Touno: Sumida?<br />Kanae(thought): Oh...<br />Touno: Yeah...we were in the same class in middle school.<br />Kanae(thought): He...<br />Kanae: Ehehe,<br />Kanae: Long time no see...<br />Kanae(thought): Remembered me-<br /><br />Page 17<br />Guy: We're both thinking of doing a haunted house,<br />     And the chair told me to sort it out.<br />Girl: Huh? We don't even have a second choice.<br />Guy: Then should we decide it by rock-paper-scissors?<br />Girl: We should do it together.<br />Kanae: Huh!?<br />Guy: It looks like Class 2 will be doing something music-related, so they don't need the classroom.<br />Kanae(thought): Sa...<br />Saki: Then let's borrow the classroom and connect it using a bit of space in the corridor.<br />Kanae(thought): Saki-chan...<br />Saki: Having a bigger area is better, and it'll be easier with more people to help out, right?<br />Guy: Hm...<br />Touno: Let's ask the chair then.<br /><br />Page 18<br />Touno: Sorry, can you hold this for me?<br />Kanae: Ah,<br />       Sure!<br />Touno: Sumida, be careful.<br />Kanae: Ok.<br />Box: Just like that,<br />Box: We started talking more and more.<br />Box: And because of that,<br />Box: I began to like him more.<br />Box: And just seeing him,<br />Box: Makes me really happy.<br /><br />Page 19<br />Gradually,<br />To do better than the day before,<br />I like him even more,<br />...I get scared,<br />And everyday is painful.<br />But I'm really happy,<br />Everytime I see him.<br /><br />Page 20<br />Box: I couldn't help feeling that way.<br />Kanae: Touno-kun, the same thing again?<br />Touno: This is really good.<br />Touno: Sumida, you always seem so serious.<br />Kanae: Yeah...<br />Touno: I'll go on ahead now.<br />Box: I AM focusing really hard right now,<br />Box: Thinking about buying which would make me seem cute.<br />Bubble: It would be too obvious.<br />Bubble: The packaging is cute, but I don't like the taste.<br />Bubble: It doesn't seem to suit a girl.<br />Bubble: I like it, but usually guys like it.<br /><br />Page 21<br />Box: In the end, I got the usual.<br />Cashier: That'll be 90 yen-<br />Kanae: !<br />Touno: There you are.<br /><br />Page 22<br />Touno: What did you get?<br />Kanae: ...Well,<br />       I wasn't sure, but I got this.<br />Box: Touno-kun...<br />Box: Sometimes writes texts to someone.<br />Kanae: Actually, this is my 4th one today. Isn't it amazing?<br />Touno: That many?<br />Touno: Now that I think about it, you always get that, huh.<br />Box: Every time,<br />Box: I wish that it would be a text...<br />Box: For me.<br />Box: And then,<br />     Even though I can make it a &quot;coincidence&quot; to see him,<br />Box: When I think that I don't even know his email address,<br />     I somehow want to start crying.<br /><br />Page 23<br />Box: Listening to Touno-kun's voice,<br />Box: It really feels nice.<br />Kanae: I'm back, Kabu-<br />Kanae: Kabu-<br />Kanae: I'm back now-<br />Touno: I'll be going then.<br />Kanae: Ah, ok.<br />       Good night!<br /><br />Page 24<br />Kanae: Let's go inside,<br />       Kabu.<br />Box: Compared with when we didn't speak to each other at all,<br />Box: There are many more things that make me happy,<br />Girl: Touno-kun and Sasaki-san are talking.<br />Box: ...But there are more painful things as well.<br /><br />Page 25<br />Kanae: !?<br />Girl: Those two sure are close-<br />Girl: Recently they went home together.<br />Girl: This is pretty picture-worthy.<br />Girl: They're the top two students in our year.<br />Girl: And they're secretly going out-<br />Girl: Ahahaha!<br />Girl: Huh?<br /><br />Page 26<br />Sasaki: No, we're not going out.<br />Sasaki: I already have a boyfriend.<br />Girl: Huh!?<br />Girl: I didn't know anything about it!<br />Sasaki: My cram school teacher.<br />	But it's a secret.<br />Saki: Cram school!<br />Girl: Teacher!<br />Saki: Sasaki-san, you...<br />Sasaki: No...<br />Sasaki: That's not true-<br />	Oh, and about Touno-kun.<br />Sasaki: In our class, they say that he's going out with someone in Class 3.<br />Girl: Ah- about that...<br />Saki: It's not true.<br />Sasaki: ...But I asked him about it once.<br />	If he has a girlfriend.<br />Girl: Realy!?<br />Girl: What did he say?<br />Sasaki: He wouldn't tell me.<br /><br />Page 27<br />Sasaki: Although it's more like...<br />Sasaki: It felt as if I shouldn't ask.<br />Sasaki: Maybe he has a secret love like mine.<br />Girl: Ah- That seems likely.<br />Girl: He's so mysterious.<br />      I don't understand why he'd go home with someone who's not his girlfriend.<br />Sasaki: I think he just doesn't differentiate between guys and girls.<br />	If you were in the same class, you would know that he treats everyone exactly the same way.<br />Sasaki: He's equally nice to everyone,<br />Sasaki: But I don't really understand him.<br />Girl: Yeah! That's it! I felt that way during the culture festival-<br />Sasaki: Anyway, as for your friend...<br />Box: ...I wanted...<br />Sasaki: The one who likes Touno-kun? It would be best if she asked him directly.<br />Box: Block out their conversation about halfway.<br />Box: It made me very sad.<br /><br />Page 28<br />Box: It was Saki-chan who wanted to go talk to Sasaki-san.<br />Girl: Maybe only someone who really likes him would understand.<br />Girl: It feels that way.<br />Box: Although I pretend to not care...<br />Box: The way they talk about Touno-kun...<br />Box: I really...<br />Box: Hate it.<br />Box: I'm so stupid.<br />Box: Stupid.<br /><br />Page 29<br />Kanae(thought): This is punishment.<br />Box: The archery club still had practice,<br />Box: But I won't wait for him.<br />Kanae: Sigh...<br />Kanae: Kabu...<br />Kanae: If I keep on going straight, I'll get to Touno-kun's house.<br />Kanae: I took a look secretly before...<br /><br />Page 30<br />Kanae: ...Sigh~~~<br />Kanae: I'm terrible...<br />Kanae: Kabu~<br />Box: Like that,<br />Kabu: Woof!<br />Box: Every little thing makes me depressed.<br />Box: My spirits still soar whenever I see him.<br />Box: It's been 5 years.<br />Box: All of my feelings have been wrapped around Touno-kun.<br /><br />Page 31<br />Kanae: Sigh...<br />Kanae(thought): Touno-kun!?<br />Kanae(thought): Wh-wh-wh-wh-<br />Kanae(thought): Why!?<br />Kanae(thought): Ahh!<br />Kanae(thought): Did he see me fall!?<br />Kanae(thought): Uwah~!<br /><br />Page 32<br />Woman: Hello-<br />Woman: You are Touno-kun, third year, right?<br />Kanae(thought): !!<br />Touno: Sumida-sensei.<br />Woman: Groceries?<br />Touno: Yes.<br />Kanae(thought): Onee-chan...<br />Woman: I'm with my younger sister.<br />Kanae(thought): What are you saying-!?<br />Touno: Ah...surfing.<br /><br />Page 33<br />Woman: Huh? You know about it? Aren't you two in different classes?<br />Touno: We were in the same middle school, so we talked a lot.<br />       She told me that she comes here every morning.<br />Woman: I see.<br />Woman: I surfed when I was in university.<br />       Because of that, she started doing the bodyboard.<br />Woman: She started trying the shortboard around last year,<br />       But, well...<br />Kanae(thought): Geez-<br />Woman: Touno-kun, would you like to give it a try?<br />Touno: I'm not very good at swimming.<br />Woman: Really? You don't look it.<br />Woman: Kanae?<br />Woman: You still haven't changed yet?<br />Kanae(thought): It's not like I can change while Touno-kun's there...!<br />Kanae: To-<br />       Touno-kun is busy, so you shouldn't keep him!<br /><br />Page 34<br />Woman: Ah...<br />Touno: ?<br />Woman: No, it's nothing.<br />       Sorry.<br />Touno: It's fine. I'll be going now.<br />Touno: Sumida.<br />Touno: Good luck.<br /><br />Page 35<br />Woman: ...Hey, go change now.<br />Kanae: Ah.<br />Kanae: Ok.<br />Kanae: Onee-chan!<br />Kanae: Actually, I'll practice a bit more!<br />Woman: Huh?<br /><br />Page 36<br />Woman: What about lunch?<br />Kanae: I don't need it!<br />Woman: It's getting windy.<br />Box: Yes.<br />Box: I decided to do it when the time comes.<br /><br />Page 37<br />When I can stand on the waves...<br />If I can stand on the waves!<br /><br />Page 38<br />Nothing</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/29437</id>
        <title>[English] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 3 by cookie_on_fire</title>
        <updated>2011-04-30T00:38:15+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>cookie_on_fire</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/29437" />
        <summary type="html">Reserved for Manga:Code. Do not use without my permission.<br /><br />Page 1<br />Chapter 3: Distant Memories<br /><br />Page 2<br />Touno: This is really good.<br />Akari: It's just your ordinary roasted green tea though.<br />Touno: Roasted green tea?<br />       This is the first time I've had it.<br />Akari: No way!<br />Akari: I'm sure you had it before.<br />Touno: Really...?<br />Akari: Yep!<br />Akari: And I have this.<br /><br />Page 3<br />Akari: Since I made it myself, I can't make any guarantees about the taste...<br />Akari: Please...have some.<br />Touno: ...<br />Touno: Thanks...<br />Touno: Ah...<br />Touno: I'm really hungry!<br /><br />Page 4<br />Akari: How is it...<br />Touno: ...This is the best food I've ever had in my life.<br />Akari: Huh!?<br />Akari: You're exaggerating-<br />Touno: It's true.<br />Akari: It's because you're hungry.<br />Touno: Really...?<br />Akari: Yes.<br /><br />Page 5<br />Akari: I'll have one too.<br />Akari: Hm.<br />Touno: Mm.<br />Touno: When did you make them?<br />Akari: I went home after school and made them.<br />       So I didn't do it all by myself. My mom helped me a little bit too.<br />Touno: What about the omelet?<br />Akari: That was all me...<br />Touno: It's REALLY good!<br /><br />Page 6<br />Touno: What did you say before heading out?<br />Akari: I left a letter saying that I'll be back home no matter how late it gets, so please don't worry.<br />Touno: Same with me.<br />Touno: I said that I'll be late because of a farewell party after club activities, so don't worry... Although I think they'll be angry.<br />Akari: I see-<br />Touno: Akari, your mom must be worried too.<br />       I'm sure.<br />Akari: Hm...<br />Akari: Actually,<br />       It'll be fine...I think.<br />Akari: When I made the bento, she asked me who I'm giving it to,<br />       I smiled and lied about it,<br />Akari: But mom seemed a bit happy about it.<br />       So I think...<br />Akari: That she must know.<br /><br />Page 7<br />Touno: Ah.<br />Touno: Sorry, I ate all of the hamburger meat.<br />Touno: Even your portion...<br />Akari: Fufu,<br />Akari: It's fine, have all of it.<br />Akari: ...You're moving soon, right?<br />Touno: Yeah,<br />       Next week.<br /><br />Page 8<br />Akari: Kajima, huh...<br />Akari: That's so far.<br />Touno: Yeah...<br />Touno: Coming here was far too.<br />Akari: Fufufu,<br />       Now you can't go back anymore.<br />Akari: Um...<br />Akari: ...<br /><br />Page 9<br />Man: We will be closing soon,<br />     Since there won't be any more trains.<br />Touno: Ah,<br />Touno: Ok!<br />Man: Be careful out in this snow.<br />Touno: Thank you.<br /><br />Page 10<br />Akari: Takaki-kun, you've grown taller.<br />Touno: Really?<br />Touno: I wonder...<br /><br />Page 11<br />Fufu.<br /><br />Page 12<br />Akari: Do you have to go to club tomorrow too?<br />Touno: Yeah.<br />       The third-year who left was really good, so now we have to work harder.<br />Akari: I see...<br />Touno: ...But you're in the basketball club, Akari...<br />Akari: Hard to believe, right? I'm really bad but I'm trying really hard.<br />Touno: Can you do back spins on the bars now?<br />Akari: Huh?<br />       Who knows. I haven't tried it.<br />Akari: Maybe I can.<br />Touno: Really?<br />Akari: Takaki-kun, you wrote that you joined the soccer club in order to make your body stronger, right?<br />Touno: Yeah.<br />Akari: Since you did the same, I was surprised...no, actually, I knew it.<br />Touno: You knew it?<br />Akari: ...<br />Akari: The books that you like,<br /><br />Page 13<br />Akari: I liked them too, right?<br />Touno: ...<br />Touno: Yeah.<br />Akari: But...<br />Akari: Since we aren't together anymore in middle school,<br />Akari: I thought that I had to change.<br />Akari: Do you feel the same, Takaki-kun?<br />Touno: ...Yeah.<br />Touno: I know.<br />Touno: I know what you mean.<br />Touno: I think so too, but...<br /><br />Page 14<br />Touno: To be honest, I still can't think of it as something natural.<br />Akari: Are you cold? I'm sorry.<br />       I should have bought a pocket heater.<br />Touno: I'm fine. Although you seem cold, Akari.<br /><br />Page 15<br />Akari: I'm fine too, since I'm already used to it.<br />Touno: Is that meant for the winter?<br />Akari: I'm wearing something warm on the inside.<br />Touno: I see...<br />       How nice.<br />Akari: Guys don't really have something like that, huh.<br />Both: ...<br /><br />Page 16<br />Akari: Can you see it?<br />       That tree.<br />Touno: The one in your letter?<br />Akari: Yeah.<br />Akari: The sakura tree.<br /><br />Page 17<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 18<br />Hey.<br />It's as if...<br /><br />Page 19<br />...You're right.<br /><br />Page 20<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 21<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 22<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 23<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 24<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 25<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 26<br />Touno: !<br />Text: &quot;Takaki-kun,&quot;<br /><br />Page 27<br />&quot;I hope can can see the sakura together again next year.&quot;<br />For the two of us,<br />From now on,<br /><br />Page 28<br />We probably...<br />Can't be together.<br />I'm sure that Akari...<br />Thinks so,<br />As well.<br /><br />Page 29<br />Fufu!<br /><br />Page 30<br />Akari: Wow, this blanket sure smells.<br />Touno: I'm just glad we have it.<br />Akari: Takaki-kun, are you covered up properly?<br />Touno: Yeah, I am.<br />Touno: Akari, you should take off your socks for now.<br />Touno: They're wet now, so you should put them on again after they dry.<br />Akari: Ooh-<br />Akari: So cold!<br />Touno: Here, cover up your feet too.<br />Akari: This really sucks-<br />Touno: Phew...<br /><br />Page 31<br />Akari: ...For Kajima,<br />Akari: How long does it take to get there from Tokyo?<br />Touno: Hm...?<br />Touno: By plane...a bit less than 2 hours.<br />Akari: Really!?<br />Touno: Although...I didn't tell you, but...<br />Touno: Even though it's Kajima, we're going to Tanegashima.<br />Akari: Huh?<br />Touno: So we'll need to take the plane for about an hour from Kajima.<br />Touno: If by boat...an hour and a half.<br />Touno: Or so.<br />Akari: Boat...<br />Touno: Yeah...<br /><br />Page 32<br />Akari: ...<br />Akari: Ah...<br />       Hey! Don't they have a space rocket in Tanegashima!?<br />Touno: ?<br />Touno: Oh, a space center? They launched a rocket there.<br />Akari: Yeah! That's great, Takaki-kun.<br />Akari: You'll learn a lot,<br />Akari: In order to become a space pilot!<br /><br />Page 33<br />Akari: ...<br />       It's what you want to be...<br />Akari: Right?<br />Touno: The only one who would listen to that dream,<br />       And really cheer me on this much,<br />Touno: Is you, Akari.<br />Akari: ...<br />Akari: You'll become one, Takaki-kun.<br />Akari: Even if not a space pilot,<br />Akari: You can be anything you want.<br /><br />Page 34<br />Akari: You came all this way here all by yourself.<br />Akari: I'm sure you can do it.<br />Touno: Thank you...<br /><br />Page 35<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 36<br />Akari: Nn...<br />Touno: Morning.<br /><br />Page 37<br />Akari: ...Good morning.<br />Akari: Wow-<br />Akari: There's so much snow.<br />Akari: I wonder if the train will be ok.<br />Touno: You should buy another pair of socks on the way.<br />Akari: I wonder if stores will be open...<br />Touno: I've bought them in convenience stores before.<br /><br />Page 38<br />Akari: Wow, this is amazing-<br />Akari: Ahahahaha!<br />Speaker: Please stand behind the yellow line.<br />Akari: Ah.<br />Akari: The train is here.<br /><br />Page 39<br />Akari: Just on time-<br />       That's great.<br />Touno: Yeah.<br />Akari: Hopefully it won't stop on the way.<br />Touno: Hahaha.<br />Touno: But...<br /><br />Page 40<br />Um...<br />Takaki-kun.<br />Takaki-kun, I...<br /><br />Page 41<br />I'm sure that you'll be just fine from now on.<br />For sure!<br /><br />Page 42<br />Thank you...<br />...Ah.<br />Akari,<br />Be well.<br />I'll write letters,<br />And call you.<br /><br />Page 43<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 44<br />TN: The letter says &quot;To Touno Takaki&quot;<br />Box: ---Akari,<br /><br />Page 45<br />Box: What does it really mean to become an adult?<br />     I still don't understand.<br />Box: But someday in the future,<br />Box: If by some chance that I see you again,<br />Box: I want to be someone who won't be embarrassed to be seen by you.<br />Box: That is what I hope.<br /><br />Page 46<br />Box: I will,<br />Box: Make that promise with you.<br />Text: You...<br />Text: Are going away,<br />Text: And someday,<br />Text: I will lose to a gap that can't be filled,<br />Text: And time...<br />Box: Akari,<br /><br />Page 47<br />Text: Your voice,<br />Text: And your face,<br />Text: I will probably forget them both.<br />Box: I will always...<br />Text: How would I be able to...<br />Text: Gain the power to fight it?<br />TN: The sentence in the letter says &quot;I have always liked you&quot;.<br /><br />Page 48<br />What would I have to do...<br />To see you again?</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/29418</id>
        <title>[English] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 2 by cookie_on_fire</title>
        <updated>2011-04-28T06:07:44+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>cookie_on_fire</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/29418" />
        <summary type="html">Reserved for Manga:Code. Do not use without my permission.<br /><br />Page 1<br />Chapter 2: Uneasiness<br /><br />Page 2<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 3<br />Guy: Hey Touno, let's go to our clu-<br />Touno: Ah...<br />       I'm not going today.<br />Guy: Ah, getting ready for the move?<br />Girl: Today is so bad-<br />Girl: Isn't it getting colder and colder these days?<br />Girl: Woah, look!<br />      Snow! Isn't it snowing out?<br />Girl: Huh---?<br />Girl: It's already March-<br />Girl: Isn't it rain?<br />Girl: It's snow-<br />Girl: Oh no- I wonder if I should go to my club today-<br /><br />Page 4<br />Box: Tataki-kun,<br />Box: I'm very grateful that you are coming all the way to my station,<br />Box: But since it's so far, please be careful.<br />Box: At 7pm like we decided,<br />Box: I will be waiting at the station's waiting room.<br />Box: I'm very,<br />Touno(thought): Departing Goutokuji Station at 3:54.<br />Touno(thought): Leaving Shinjuku on the Saikyou line at 4:26.<br />Box: Very excited.<br /><br />Page 5<br />Akari: Takaki-kun! It's snowing really hard!<br />Touno: Yeah,<br />       The snow may accumulate by tomorrow.<br /><br />Page 6<br />Akari: I want to observe some snowflakes.<br />Touno: Is it hard to do?<br />Akari: Yeah, if it's not cold enough.<br />Akari: This is the first time I've seen snow here.<br />Touno: I think...it's the same for me too.<br />Touno: Although I haven't seen much snow in general.<br />Akari: Doesn't it snow a lot in Nagano?<br />Touno: It depends on where. It doesn't snow much around my area.<br />Akari: When I traveled to Tohoku, I saw a lot of it.<br />Akari: There were a lot of snow built-up, and we went to an open-air bath while it was snowing.<br />       I was so happy that I opened my mouth to eat the snowflakes while soaking in the bath.<br />Akari: If I eat some here in Tokyo, it mus taste bad.<br />Touno: ...You did just now.<br /><br />Page 7<br />Akari: No, I didn't-<br />Touno: I saw some fall into your mouth.<br />Akari: No way!<br />       That doesn't mean I actually ate it!<br />Touno: You ate some really dirty ones.<br />Akari: Don't be so mean-<br />Touno(thought): I haven't heard Akari's voice in a year now.<br />Touno(thought): I can hear it again today.<br /><br />Page 8<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 9<br />Touno(thought): Leaving for Oomiya at 4:26.<br />Touno(thought): I'll be fine.<br />Girl: So how did it go, with the one from Higashi High?<br />      The one with the chiseled face.<br />Girl: Chiseled face...? No, no, nothing happened.<br />Girl: Huh? But you flirted so much.<br />Girl: Although since he's in the tennis club, we decided to have a party-<br />Girl: Really? You have to invite me too!<br />SFX: *Shuffle*<br />Speaker: We will be arriving at Musashiurawa momentarily. Musashiurawa.<br /><br />Page 10<br />Speaker: In order to meet the express train,<br />	 This train will be stopping for 4 minutes.<br />Speaker: Those who wish to go to Yonohonmachi, Oomiya sooner,<br />	 Please wait at the opposite platform.<br />Box: Takaki-kun,<br />Box: Even though it's still very cold, are you well?<br />Box: It has already snowed many times over here.<br />Box: Because of that, I go to school wrapped in many, many layers.<br /><br />Page 11<br />Speaker: Oomiya-<br />Speaker: Oomiya Terminal-<br />Touno: Excuse m...<br /><br />Page 12<br />Speaker: We have an announcement to the riders.<br />Speaker: For the Koyama, Utsumiya-bound train on Utsumiya Line,<br />	 Due to the heavy snow,<br />Speaker: The arrival is delayed for 8 minutes.<br />Speaker: We sincerely apologize for any inconvenience.<br /><br />Page 13<br />TN: The paper says Shinjuku -&gt; Oomiya -&gt; Koyama<br /><br />Page 14<br />Speaker: This train will be delayed for 10 minutes due to the heavy snow.<br />Speaker: We apologize for anyone who will miss a transfer train.<br />Box: Takaki-kun,<br />Box: I'm really looking forward to March 4th.<br /><br />Page 15<br />Box: We haven't seen each other in a year now.<br />Box: For some reason, I'm somewhat nervous.<br />Speaker: Next station is Kuki, Kuki-<br />Speaker: We sincerely apologize for the delay in arrival.<br />Speaker: For those transferring to Tobu Railway's Isesaki Line, please exit at Exit 5.<br /><br />Page 16<br />Due to the delay in the next train,<br />This train will be stopping here for 10 minutes.<br />We sincerely apologize for any inconvenience.<br />Please wait a short while.<br /><br />Page 17<br />I'm sorry.<br /><br />Page 18<br />Near where I live<br />There is a big sakura tree.<br />Over there in the spring,<br />Flower petals are probably dropping to the ground at 5 centimeters per second.<br />All around you, Takaki-kun.<br /><br />Page 19<br />Box: I hope that spring will come around soon.<br />Speaker: Nogi-<br />Speaker: Nogi-<br />Speaker: We regret to inform that,<br />Speaker: Due to the delay in the transfer train, we will be stopping here momentarily.<br />Speaker: ...We repeat, <br />Speaker: Due to the delay in the transfer train, we will be stopping here momentarily.<br /><br />Page 20<br />Akari: Takaki-kun.<br />Akari: I'm sorry...<br />Touno(thought): Akari,<br />Touno(thought): There is something that I need to tell you.<br /><br />Page 21<br />Touno(thought): Something that I must tell you,<br />Touno(thought): No matter what.<br />Speaker: Thank you for your patience.<br />Speaker: We will be departing for Utsumiya momentarily.<br /><br />Page 22<br />Koyama-<br />Koyama-<br />We have an announcement to the riders.<br />Due to the heavy snow, the Ryouke Line...<br /><br />Page 23<br />Will be greatly delayed.<br />We sincerely apologize for the inconvenience.<br />Please wait until the train arrives.<br /><br />Page 24<br />We agreed to meet at 7,<br />In the station's waiting room.<br /><br />Page 25<br />!<br /><br />Page 26<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 27<br />Akari,<br />You probably know this, but I'm not good at speaking,<br />So what I want to tell you,<br />I wrote in this letter.<br /><br />Page 28<br />Touno: ---!<br />Speaker: The train is arriving on track number 3.<br /><br />Page 29<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 30<br />Announcement to the riders:<br />The snow has caused problems to the train tires, so we will be stopping temporarily.<br />We will not be able to stay on schedule at this rate.<br /><br />Page 31<br />Takaki-kun, how are you?<br />My club activities start early in the morning, so I'm writing this letter on the train.<br /> <br />Page 32<br />From Akari's letters,<br />I always imagine her being all alone for some reason.<br />And probably just like how I imagine her,<br />In reality, I am...<br />All alone.<br /><br />Page 33<br />Even after Akari left,<br />I was supposed to go on with my life<br />But,<br />That's not what happened.<br />This is how I really am.<br /><br />Page 34<br />...Akari.<br /><br />Page 35<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 36<br />Speaker: ...Ashikaga, Maebashi-bound,<br />Speaker: The train heading to Takasaki has arrived.<br />Speaker: Due to the snow,<br />Speaker: The train will stop momentarily.<br /><br />Page 37<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 38<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 39<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 40<br />...Akari.<br /><br />Page 41<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 42<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 43<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 44<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 45<br />Nothing</summary>
	</entry>
		<entry>
		<id>https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/29395</id>
        <title>[English] [Translation] Byousoku 5 centimeter 1 by cookie_on_fire</title>
        <updated>2011-04-26T05:33:43+00:00</updated>
        <author>
            <name>cookie_on_fire</name>
            <email>admin@mangahelpers.com</email>
        </author>
        <link rel="alternate" href="https://mangahelpers.com/t/cookie-on-fire/releases/29395" />
        <summary type="html">Reserved for Manga:Code. Do not use without my permission.<br /><br />Page 1<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 2<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 3<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 4<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 5<br />Chapter 1: Sakura<br /><br />Page 6<br />Teacher: This is Shinohara Akari-san.<br />Teacher: Everyone, please help her and be nice to her.<br />Akari: Nice to meet you.<br />Girl: Do you have any speech problems?<br />Akari: Hm, not really.<br />Girl: Do you have any nicknames?<br />Akari: Like Shinohara-san...<br />Girl: But that's normal.<br />Akari: Ari-chan.<br />Girl: Ari!?<br /><br />Page 7<br />Here,<br />Use this.<br /><br />Page 8<br />Akari: Thanks...<br />Akari: We're...<br />       In the same class, right?<br />Touno: Yeah.<br />Touno: Today must have been tough.<br />Akari: Huh?<br />Touno: I also transferred here last year.<br />Touno: It was my second time, but...<br />Touno: Rather than saying I wasn't used to it...<br /><br />Page 9<br />Akari: ...<br />Akari: Yeah.<br />Akari: It's really tiring.<br />Touno: Where did you come from again?<br />Akari: Shizuoka.<br />       On the countryside.<br />Touno: Same here.<br />       Nagano for me.<br />Akari: I see.<br />Akari: I don't like Tokyo. Just walking around makes me nervous.<br />Touno: Nervous, huh.<br />Akari: Yeah.<br />       You're not?<br />Touno: I think I know what you mean.<br />Akari: But I like the library.<br />Akari: There are a lot more books compared with my old school.<br /><br />Page 10<br />Akari: Hey, are there any other places?<br />Akari: In school,<br />       That you liked when you first came here?<br />Touno: ...<br />Touno: Hm...<br />       Something like this...<br />Touno: Not really...<br />Touno: Ah...<br />Touno: But there's something on the way to school.<br />Touno: Now is the perfect time.<br />Akari: Could it be,<br />Akari: Sakura trees?<br /><br />Page 11<br />Mm...<br />Magnificent sakura.<br />A library with lots of books that I want to read.<br />I found these two things that I like.<br /><br />Page 12<br />Touno: ...<br />Touno: If that's the case, there's one more.<br />Touno: Isn't it nice?<br />Akari: Hm...<br />Akari: Yeah.<br /><br />Page 13<br />Akari: It's really nice-<br />Touno: I'll let you know,<br />Touno: If I think of something else.<br />Touno: Nice places,<br />Touno: Or fun things to do.<br />Akari: Me too!<br /><br />Page 14<br />Good morning, Touno-kun.<br />I want to show you something on the way home today!<br />See, they don't run away at all.<br />I wonder if they are pets?<br />It's so cute-<br />It looks like a small mustache.<br /><br />Page 15<br />Akari: Touno-kun, what will you do for club activities?<br />Touno: Hm...<br />       I haven't decided yet.<br />Akari: Maybe I should join the choir.<br />Touno: Do you like singing?<br />Akari: yeah.<br />       If you can't decide, do you want to join too?<br />Touno: I can't sing.<br />Touno: I'm really tone-deaf.<br />Akari: It's fine, there aren't competitions or anything.<br />Touno: I'm really, really bad.<br />       So no way.<br />Akari: ...<br />Touno: ...<br />Touno: Phew---<br /><br />Page 16<br />The---morning sun---shines---brightly---<br />The---school---building---<br />...<br />You can go ahead and laugh.<br /><br />Page 17<br />Girl: Shinohara-san, you can't do back-spins?<br />Akari: Yeah...<br />Teacher: Touno-kuun, don't push yourself too hard.<br /><br />Page 18<br />Akari: So you have asthma... It must be hard.<br />Touno: It's not that big of a deal though.<br />Akari: Ah---again!<br />Touno: ?<br />Akari: Look.<br />Akari: You always read the books that I want to borrow before me.<br />Touno: ...<br />Touno: It's an interesting book,<br />       That.<br />Touno: But there's one thing that I didn't get.<br />Akari: Really?<br />Touno: I want to talk about it after you finish.<br />Akari: Sure!<br /><br />Page 19<br />Boy: Touno, so this is the club you chose?<br />Touno: Yeah.<br />Touno: There wasn't anything that I wanted to do...<br />Boy: What do you want to do?<br />Touno: I don't know anything other than shougi. TN: Shougi is Japanese chess.<br />Boy: Sure thing---<br />Choir: Those--who--dream---<br />Choir: Wish--for--<br />Choir: One--happiness--<br /><br />Page 20<br />Akari: Touno-kun!<br />Akari: I finished reading &quot;The Flying Garden&quot; yesterday.<br />Touno: Huh?<br />       Already?<br />Akari: It was really interesting, so I read it all at once.<br />Touno: You should have told me this morning.<br />Akari: I wanted to talk about it on the way home.<br />Girl: Look---<br />Girl: Those two-<br />TN: The books have been checked out by both Touno and Akari.<br /><br />Page 21<br />Boy: Wah!<br />     Touno.<br />Touno: What?<br />Boy: It's,<br />Boy: It's nothing!<br /><br />Page 22<br />TN: People making fun of those two together.<br /><br />Page 23<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 24<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 25<br />Hah!<br />Hah!<br />To-!<br />Touno-kun.<br />I can't,<br />Run anymore!<br /><br />Page 26<br />Both: Ha---<br />Both: Ha---<br />Touno: Ah!<br />Akari: Fufu!<br />Akari: Fu!<br />Akari: Kukkuku!<br />Akari: Fufu!<br /><br />Page 27<br />Akari: Fu!<br />Akari: Kuh!<br />Akari: Fu!<br />Touno: Pft!<br />Akari: Hii!<br />Akari: Kufufu!<br />Akari: Fufu!<br />Touno: Ahaha!<br />       Hah!<br />Akari: Ah!<br />Akari: Airplane trail.<br />Akari: Touno-kun.<br />Touno: Hm?<br />Akari: Um...<br /><br />Page 28<br />Akari: Can I call you Takaki-kun?<br />Touno: Sure...<br />Touno: Here.<br />Akari: Thanks.<br />Akari: Ah,<br />       It's Chobi and Mimi-<br />Akari: They're worn out from the heat.<br /><br />Page 29<br />Touno: They say where cats are is the coolest place.<br />Akari: I see.<br />       They are so smart-<br />Akari: Oh yeah,<br />       Takaki-kun, what do you want to be when you grow up?<br />Touno: Huh?<br />Touno: Why that sudden question...?<br />Akari: We were talking about it at home yesterday.<br />       I thought that maybe I want to work in a zoo or something.<br />Touno: Wow, how unexpected.<br />Akari: It's because we can't ever have pets where we live.<br />Touno: I see.<br />Touno: I...do have an idea of what I want to be.<br />Touno: But you'll laugh at me.<br />Akari: I won't!<br />Touno: ...A space pilot.<br /><br />Page 30<br />Akari: That's wonderful.<br />Aakri: I read about 4 billion years in one night.<br />       It's so nice, to be able to read that much in one night.<br />Touno: Where are you right now?<br />Akari: When Anomalocaris appeared.<br />Both: The Cambrian period!<br />Touno: What was it, Hallucigenia?<br />Touno: Hehe!<br />Akari: I like it.<br />Akari: Like this.<br />Touno: It looks similar!<br /><br />Page 31<br />Akari: Takaki-kun, which one do you like?<br />Touno: Probably Opabinia.<br />Akari: The one with 5 eyes...<br />       Should I cut up the fries for the eyes?<br />Touno: First, break the legs in half...<br />Akari: Morning---no,<br />       Happy new year.<br />Touno: Yeah, happy new year.<br />Akari: Takaki-kun, this is your card.<br />Touno: Heh!<br /><br />Page 32<br />Akari: Takaki-kun,<br />Akari: We're in different classes now.<br />Touno: Yeah.<br />Akari: You know.<br />Akari: My class is just next door, but I feel like crying.<br />Akari: It's so weird...<br />Touno: ...<br />Touno: I'll join the choir.<br />Akari: Huh?<br /><br />Page 33<br />Touno: For my club activities this year,<br />Touno: I'll join the choir.<br />Akari: ...<br />Akari: I'm thinking of changing it this year.<br />Akari: To science club.<br />       It's new this year.<br />Akari: We will b doing experiments.<br />Akari: Doesn't that sound fun?<br />Touno: Yeah.<br /><br />Page 34<br />Akari: So Neanderthals were killed off by Homo Sapiens?<br />Touno: That's not true.<br />       The climate became warmer, and they couldn't deal with it.<br />Touno: And the Homo Sapiens could, so expanded their territories.<br />       Because of that, the Neanderthals had fewer places to live...I think.<br />Akari: If their numbers gradually decreased, and they eventually went extinct,<br />       Then the last person must have been really lonely.<br />Touno: It's true for all extinct animals.<br />Touno: You're resting tomorrow, right?<br />Akari: Yeah, I have a fever.<br />       I get fevers really easily, it's annoying.<br />Akari: Takaki-kun, you don't miss school these days.<br />Touno: Yeah, I don't get those anymore.<br />Akari: It goes through the air like this right?<br />       The light hits the particles in the air and diffused reflection occurs.<br />Akari: And,<br />Akari: Depending on the color of the light, it'll be reflected differently.<br /><br />Page 35<br />Akari: I'm surprised that so many people are taking the middle school entrance exams.<br />Akari: Where I'm from, everyone automatically go to the nearest public school.<br />Touno: Isn't it because there are a lot of private middle schools in Tokyo? I think I'll take it too.<br />Akari: Really? Where are you thinking of?<br />Touno: My parents was saying that Nishichuu is pretty good.<br />Akari: Nishichuu huh...what should I do?<br />Akari: It would be nice if I can, but I'm bad at math.<br />Touno: I'm sure that you'll be able to get in.<br />Akari: I wonder...<br /><br />Page 36<br />Akari: ...5 centimeters per second, they say.<br />Touno: For what?<br />Akari: The speed of sakura flower petals falling.<br />Akari: 5 centimeters per second.<br /><br />Page 37<br />Touno: I see...<br />Akari: Didn't you know?<br />Touno: No.<br />Akari: I read it in an illustrated book recently.<br />Akari: There were other things too.<br />       Let me think.<br />Akari: Rain is 5 meters per second.<br />       Cloud is 1 centimeter per second, and---<br />Touno: Cloud?<br />       The speed that they move around?<br />Akari: No, the falling speed.<br />Touno: Falling? Cloud?<br />Akari: Yeah. Clouds appear to float, but they actually fall.<br />Akari: It's where small rain droplets gather.<br />       As the droplets slowly fall, they become bigger and bigger,<br />Akari: And eventually drop to the ground as rain or snow.<br /><br />Page 38<br />Touno: ...Hm.<br />Akari: Hmm.<br />Touno: Hey...<br />       Don't make that face.<br />Akari: Kyahaha!<br />Touno: Ah!<br />Touno: Hey,<br />Touno: Wait up!<br /><br />Page 39<br />Touno: Akari!<br />Akari: Takaki-kun.<br /><br />Page 40<br />Akari: I hope...<br />Akair: We can see the sakura together again next year.<br />SFX: *Riiiing*<br />SFX: *Riiiing*<br />SFX: *Riiiing*<br />SFX: *Riiiing*<br /><br />Page 41<br />Woman: Takaki, a call for you.<br />Woman: It's from Akari-chan.<br />Takaki: Huh?<br />Takaki: Transferring schools?<br />Akari: My dad is switching jobs...<br />       So we're moving to around Tochigi's Iwafune.<br />Touno: ...<br /><br />Page 42<br />Akari: ...Takaki-kun?<br />Touno: Hah!<br />Akari: Takaki-kun...<br />Akari: Um...<br />Touno: Nishichuu...<br />Akari: Hm?<br />Touno: Nishichuu...<br /><br />Page 43<br />Touno: What about Nishichuu then?<br />Touno: They even accepted you.<br />Akari: ...<br />Akari: I'll be going to a public school over there.<br />Touno: I see...<br />Touno: ~~~~<br /><br />Page 44<br />Touno: ...<br />Akari: I'm sorry...<br />Touno: ~~~~<br />Touno: Akari,<br />Touno: It's not something that you need to...<br />Touno: Apologize for...<br />Akari: I told him that I want to go to Nishichuu from my aunt's home in Katsushika.<br />Akari: I told him,<br />       But...<br />Akari: He said,<br />Akari: *Hic*<br />Akari: *Hic*<br />Akari: I can't do that until...<br />Akari: I get older.<br /><br />Page 45<br />Akari: ...He said.<br />Touno: ...!<br />Touno: I...<br />Touno: I got it!<br />Touno: So...<br />Touno: Stop it...<br /><br />Page 46<br />Touno: Sorry...<br />Akari: I'm sorry...<br />Akari: *Hic*<br />Akari: *Hic*<br />Akari: !<br />Akari: Ah.<br />Akari: Wait,<br />Akari: One second!<br /><br />Page 47<br />Beeep---<br />Beep---<br />Beep---<br />Beep---<br />Beep---<br />Beep---<br />Beep---<br />Beep---<br /><br />Page 48<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 49<br />Akari: ...Good morning.<br />Touno: Morning...<br /><br />Page 50<br />Ah...<br /><br />Page 51<br />Takaki-kun.<br /><br />Page 52<br />Akari: Today is goodbye.<br />Guy: First-years--- 5 dashes!<br />Guy: Hai!<br /><br />Page 53<br />Guy: Start with the guys who are done first---<br />Touno: Hai!<br />Guy: Geez-<br />     Nishichuu's soccer team isn't really that good right?<br />Guy: So intense.<br />Guy: Yoshino is so lucky... he's being treated like a second-year.<br />Touno: Club members are special you know.<br />Guy: But Touno, you did soccer before, right?<br />Touno: Huh, no, I didn't.<br />Guy: Really?<br />Guy: But you looked like you have.<br />Touno: I joined because I wanted to become stronger.<br />Guy: What-?<br />Guy: Did you watch &quot;Radiowave Shounen&quot; yesterday?<br />Touno: No,<br />       I was studying for the test.<br />Guy: Nerd! Nerd!<br />Guy: Don't remind me of something unpleasant.<br /><br />Page 54<br />Touno Takaki sama,<br /><br />Page 55<br />The last time we met was in the elementary school graduation ceremony,<br />And it has been half a year since then.<br />Hey, Takaki-kun,<br />Do you still remember about me?<br />Shinohara Akari sama,<br /><br />Page 56<br />Box: Thank you for the letter.<br />Box: Sorry for the late reply.<br />Box: But during that time,<br />Box: I read your letter over and over again.<br />Touno: Phew.<br /><br />Page 57<br />Box: To Takaki-kun,<br />Box: Thank you for the reply. It made me happy.<br />Box: These days, my club activities start early in the morning,<br />Box: So I'm writing this letter on the train.<br />Touno(thought): Like those, huh...<br />TN: Akari talked about uniforms in the letter.<br />Guy: Touno---<br />Guy: Why are you staring at the girls from Sawachuu-?<br />Touno: That's not it!<br /><br />Page 58<br />Recently I cut my hair.<br />It's short enough for my ears to show.<br />Even if you see me, you may not recognize me anymore.<br />Takaki-kun,<br />You must have changed a lot as well.<br />And from now on, bit by bit,<br />You probably will continue to change.<br /><br />Page 59<br />Chobi,<br />Mimi.<br />It's been a while.<br />Huh, I see that you have collars now.<br />...Akari wrote about you guys in her letter.<br />She was wondering how you were.<br />And that you probably forgot about her.<br /><br />Page 60<br />Touno: ...Hey.<br />Touno: Have you ever been to Tochigi?<br />Guy: No.<br />Touno: I wonder how I would get there...<br />Guy: Who knows--- Probably with the Shinkansen?<br />Touno: It's so far...<br />Guy: Kagoshima is farther away.<br />Guy: ?<br />     Kagoshima?<br />Guy: You didn't hear about it?<br />Guy: Touno is transferring to Kagoshima.<br />Guy: Huh!?<br />Guy: Seriously!?<br />Someone: First-years---!<br />All three: Hai!<br /><br />Page 61<br />Takaki-kun, when you told me that you are transferring school,<br />I was so shocked.<br />We're both used to moving, but Kagoshima...<br />This time, it's a bit far, huh.<br />With that kind of distance, we won't be able to meet by train anymore.<br />It makes me...<br />A bit lonely.<br />Shinohara Akari sama,<br />I found out that I can transfer once on the train from Shinjuku to go to Iwafune.<br /><br />Page 62<br />Before we drift further,<br />Would you like to meet once?<br />In that case, it's decided. On the 4th of March.<br />After classes, if I skip club activities and leave right away, I'll get there at around 7.<br />I'll catch the last train two hours later to come home.<br />I want to see you soo...<br /><br />Page 63<br />Touno: Phew.<br />Text: I spent two weeks writing a letter to Akari.<br /><br />Page 64<br />It was the first time in my life that I wrote...<br />Something like a love letter.<br /><br />Page 65<br />Nothing<br /><br />Page 66<br />Nothing</summary>
	</entry>
	</feed>